Post-Qualification Offering Statement Amendment No. 5
File No.
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 6, 2023
PART II INFORMATION REQUIRED IN OFFERING CIRCULAR
Offering Circular
September 6, 2023
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
4643 South Ulster Street, Suite 1510
Denver, CO 80237
18575 Jamboree Road, Suite 830
Irvine, CA 92612
152 North Durbin Street, Suite 220
Casper, WY
(303) 749-0074
9.0% Bonds (Bonds)
Up to $22,579,000 in Bonds (22,579 Bonds)
$5,000 Minimum Purchase Amount (5 Bonds)
This is a post-qualification amendment (the PQA) to the offering statement on Form 1-A qualified by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on December 23, 2021, as previously amended. The purpose of this PQA is to update the maximum offering amount of the offering and the financial statements of the Company, and to provide updated information related to, among other things the broker/dealer of record, use of proceeds and management of the Company.
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company or Phoenix), is offering a maximum of $22,579,000 in the aggregate, of its 9.0% unsecured bonds, or the Bonds, pursuant to this offering circular.
The Company is continuing to offer up to $22,579,000 (Maximum Offering Amount) of our Bonds, which represents the value of the Bonds available to be offered as of August 2, 2023 out of the rolling 12-month maximum offering amount of $75,000,000 million in securities we are permitted to issue pursuant to Regulation A. The Companys offering statement of which this offering circular is a part was qualified on December 23, 2021. From the date of qualification until August 1, 2022, we sold $22,579,000 in gross proceeds of Bonds, and, as of May 25, 2023, the Company had sold $74,987,000 of Bonds in total. Other than the Bonds, we have not sold securities under Regulation A in the last 12 months. If we sell the entirety of the amount left to be sold under this offering circular, we will have sold an aggregate of $97,566,000 of our Bonds pursuant to this Offering,
The purchase price per Bond is $1,000, with a minimum purchase amount of $5,000, or the minimum purchase; however, the Company, in our sole discretion, reserves the right to accept smaller purchase amounts. The Bonds will bear interest at nine percent (9.0%) per year. The company reserves the right to qualify additional Bonds for sale in compliance with the $75,000,000 annual limit under Rule 251 of Regulation A. The Bonds are being offered serially, over a maximum period of 3 years, starting on December 23, 2021, with the sole difference between the series being their respective maturity dates. Each series of Bonds beginning with Series A will correspond to a particular closing. Each series of Bonds will mature on the third anniversary of the initial issuance date of such series. The Company may elect to extend the maturity date of the Bonds for up to two additional one-year periods in the Companys sole discretion. If the Company elects to extend the maturity date of the Bonds, the Bonds will bear interest at 10.0% per annum during the first one-year extension period and will bear interest at 11.0% per annum during the second one-year extension period. Interest on the Bonds will be paid in equal monthly installments to the record holders of the Bonds on the 10th day of each month, or if any day is not a business day, the next business day, thereafter until the Bonds have been repaid in full or are otherwise no longer outstanding.
Bondholders will have the right to have their Bonds redeemed at any time prior to the maturity date, subject to an annual cap of 10% on all redemptions, regardless of the reason for the redemption, at a price equal to $950 plus all accrued but
unpaid interest per Bond, regardless of when such Bonds are redeemed (the 10% Limit). Bondholders will also have the right to have their Bonds redeemed in the case of a bondholders death, disability or bankruptcy, subject to notice, discounts and other provisions contained in this offering circular. Redemptions due to death, disability or bankruptcy shall count towards the annual 10% Limit on redemptions described above. See Description of Bonds Redemption Upon Death, Disability or Bankruptcy and Description of Bonds Bond Redemptions for more information.
As of March 15, 2023, or the Effective Date, the Bonds have been offered to prospective investors on a commercially reasonable efforts basis by Dalmore Group, LLC (our Managing Broker-Dealer) a New York limited liability company and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, which includes a maximum broker-dealer fee of up to 4.5% of the gross proceeds of the offering. The Bonds are offered to prospective investors on a commercially reasonable efforts basis by Dalmore Group. Commercially reasonable efforts means that our broker/dealer of record is not obligated to purchase any specific number or dollar amount of Bonds but will use commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Bonds. At each closing date, the net proceeds for such closing will be disbursed to our Company and Bonds relating to such net proceeds will be issued to their respective investors. Certain of our personnel, including Mr. Willer, our Managing Director, Capital Markets, are licensed registered representatives of Dalmore and will be paid a portion of the Broker-Dealer Fee (as defined herein) as sales compensation with respect to the sales of our Bonds. Mr. Willer will be paid up to 2.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering out of the Broker-Dealer Fee. We commenced the sale of the Bonds on December 23, 2021, or the Commencement Date and will terminate the offering on the earliest of: (i) the date we sell the Maximum Offering Amount; (ii) December 23, 2024; or (iii) such date upon which we determine to terminate the offering, in our sole discretion.
| Price to Investors |
Broker-Dealer Fee (1)(2) |
Proceeds to Company |
Proceeds to Other Persons |
|||||||||||||
| Per Bond (1)(2) |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 45 | $ | 955 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
| Offering Amount Based on Bonds Remaining to be Sold (1)(2) |
$ | 22,579,000 | $ | 1,016,055 | $ | 21,562,945 | $ | 0 | ||||||||
| (1) | This includes a maximum broker-dealer fee of up to 4.5% of the gross proceeds of the offering (the Broker-Dealer Fee). The Broker-Dealer Fee will be paid to Dalmore Group as our broker/dealer of record. Dalmore Group will pay a portion of the Broker-Dealer Fee to its associated persons, including certain of our personnel, including Mr. Willer, who are licensed registered representatives of Dalmore Group. See Use of Proceeds and Plan of Distribution for more information. |
| (2) | All figures are rounded to the nearest dollar. |
Generally, no sale may be made to you in the offering if the aggregate purchase price you pay is more than 10% of the greater of your annual income or net worth. Different rules apply to accredited investors and non-natural persons. Before making any representation that your investment does not exceed applicable thresholds, we encourage you to review Rule 251(d)(2)(i)(C) of Regulation A. For general information on investing, we encourage you to refer to www.investor.gov.
An investment in the Bonds is subject to certain risks and should be made only by persons or entities able to bear the risk of and to withstand the total loss of their investment. Currently, there is no market for the Bonds being offered, nor does our Company anticipate one developing. Prospective investors should carefully consider and review that risk as well as the RISK FACTORS beginning on page13 of this offering circular.
THE SEC DOES NOT PASS UPON THE MERITS OR GIVE ITS APPROVAL TO ANY SECURITIES OFFERED OR THE TERMS OF THE OFFERING, NOR DOES IT PASS UPON THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF ANY OFFERING CIRCULAR OR OTHER SELLING LITERATURE. THESE SECURITIES ARE OFFERED PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION WITH THE SEC; HOWEVER, THE COMMISION HAS NOT MADE AN INDEPENDENT DETERMINATION THAT THE SECURITIES OFFERED ARE EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION.
FORM 1-A DISCLOSURE FORMAT IS BEING FOLLOWED.
| 4 | ||||
| 5 | ||||
| 11 | ||||
| 12 | ||||
| 13 | ||||
| 23 | ||||
| 24 | ||||
| MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
30 | |||
| 33 | ||||
| 41 | ||||
| 44 | ||||
| 46 | ||||
| 53 | ||||
| SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT |
54 | |||
| 55 | ||||
| 59 | ||||
| 60 | ||||
| 63 | ||||
| 64 | ||||
| 65 | ||||
3
The information in this offering circular may not contain all of the information that is important to you. You should read this entire offering circular and the exhibits carefully before deciding whether to invest in the Bonds. See Where You Can Find Additional Information in this offering circular.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in this offering circular to the terms Company, we, us, and our, refer to Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
4
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this offering circular. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in the Bonds. You should carefully read this entire offering circular, including the information under the heading Risk Factors and all information included in this offering circular.
Our Company, Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on April 23, 2019 to purchase (i) property rights to extract natural resources from the property (mineral rights), and (ii) ownership interests in property without operating rights on the property (non-operated working interests) in the United States, primarily in the Williston Basin, Permian Basin, Powder River, and Denver Julesburg Basin (DJ Basin), using the Companys proprietary software system to identify unique opportunities. Although the Company has targeted specific regions, we are agnostic to geography and look to focus exclusively on the best asset for profitability when determining which assets to buy. The more area the Company can cover, the more we can ensure we are achieving the optimal return for invested capital.
The Company focuses on assets that present high near-term predictable cashflow. This analysis includes the geography of the asset, the probability of future oil wells and predictability of both the timing and value of the cashflow. Following its acquisition of the asset, the Company partners with an oil and gas extraction operator to share in the proceeds of the natural resources extracted and sold by the operator. Using the proprietary software that the Company has developed internally, the Company is typically able to achieve an average payback period of 9-30 months on assets it buys. Additionally, the Company employs a tax-efficient strategy of offsetting royalty income through use of intangible drilling costs (non-operated working interests).
We have also developed a highly customized and proprietary software platform to help us identify opportunities. This aggregate, niche, scalable software platform is specific to us and there is no known competitive product. As such, the software creates considerable intrinsic value to operational efficiencies.
While the Company anticipates that extraction activities at its assets will continue to be primarily performed by third parties for the next 12 to 18 months, the Company has formed Phoenix Operating, LLC (PhoenixOp), a wholly-owned subsidiary, to drill and operate producing wells on oil and gas properties contributed to it by the Company. PhoenixOp has its own employees. The Company is and will remain the sole voting member and manager of PhoenixOp, and retains the substantial majority of the economic interest in PhoenixOp, subject only to a small number of minority, non-voting membership interests in PhoenixOp granted by PhoenixOp to its employees. The Company and PhoenixOp have projected PhoenixOps capital needs over the next 12 months to be approximately $150,000,000 in order to execute its intended business plan. Our Company expects that such capital needs will be met from a combination of capital contributions to PhoenixOP from our Company, PhoenixOps cash from operations once it commences such operations, and financing procured by PhoenixOp, if any. It is expected that PhoenixOps capital needs will initially be met solely by capital contributions from our Company, which we expect to fund from a combination of one or more of cash from operations, the proceeds from our unregistered debt offerings, the proceeds of the PCGHI Loan (defined herein), the proceeds of debt procured by any future subsidiary lender to our Company, and the ANB Loan. We intend to make such capital contributions to PhoenixOp to finance its operations, until such time as PhoenixOp receives its own financing or has sufficient cash from operations to operate without financing from our Company. As of August 31, 2023 we had made approximately $2.2 million in cash capital contributions to PhoenixOp. While PhoenixOp may procure its own financing in the future there is no definitive plan with respect to the same and neither PhoenixOp nor the Company or any affiliate has entered into any arrangement with a third party for the provision of financing to PhoenixOp. The Company will also contribute oil and gas properties (but not those subject to our subordinate mortgage interests) to PhoenixOp from time to time as capital contributions. It is anticipated these contributed properties will be the drilling projects undertaken by PhoenixOp. PhoenixOp expects to begin operations in September 2023, subject to the availability of financing; however, we do not expect PhoenixOp to conduct extraction operations on a material amount of the Companys oil and gas properties until the first quarter of 2024 at the earliest.
5
See General Information About The Company The Companys Business Strategy
The Offering. We are offering to investors the opportunity to purchase up to an aggregate of $22,579,000 of Bonds. See Plan of Distribution - Who May Invest for further information. The offering will terminate on the earliest of: (i) the date we sell the Maximum Offering Amount; (ii) December 23, 2024; or (iii) such date upon which we determine to terminate the offering, in our sole discretion.
Our Company will conduct closings in this offering on at least at a weekly basis assuming there are funds to close until the offering termination. Once a subscription has been submitted and accepted by the Company, an investor will not have the right to request the return of its subscription payment prior to the next closing date. If subscriptions are received on a closing date and accepted by the Company prior to such closing, any such subscriptions will be closed on that closing date. If subscriptions are received on a closing date but not accepted by the Company prior to such closing, any such subscriptions will be closed on the next closing date. It is expected that settlement will occur on the same day as each closing date. On each closing date, offering proceeds for that closing will be disbursed to us and Bonds will be issued to investors, or the Bondholders. If the Company is dissolved or liquidated after the acceptance of a subscription, the respective subscription payment will be returned to the subscriber.
| Issuer | Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company. | |
| Securities Offered | Maximum $22,579,000, aggregate principal amount of the Bonds. | |
| Maturity Date | The Bonds are being offered serially, over a maximum period of 3 years starting from December 23, 2021, with the sole difference between the series being their respective maturity dates. The Bonds will mature on the third anniversary of the initial issuance date of each series.
The Company may elect to extend the maturity date of the Bonds for up to two additional one-year periods in the Companys sole discretion. Each such extension would constitute a new offering for the purpose of the registration requirements of the Securities Act and, as such, would be required to be registered or conducted pursuant to an exemption from registration. Any such subsequent offering conducted pursuant to Regulation A would count against the aggregate dollar limitations in Rule 251(a) of Regulation A. See Description of Bonds Interest and Maturity for more information. | |
| Interest Rate | 9.0% per annum computed on the basis of a 360-day year.
If we elect to extend the maturity date of the Bonds, the Bonds will bear interest at 10.0% per annum in the first one-year extension period and 11.0% per year in the second one-year extension period. | |
| Interest Payments | Interest payments will be paid in equal monthly installments to the record holders of the Bonds on the 10th day of each month, or if any day is not a business day, the next business day, thereafter until the Bonds have been repaid in full or are otherwise no longer outstanding. Interest will accrue and be paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. | |
| Offering Price | $1,000 per Bond. | |
| Ranking | The Bonds are subordinated, unsecured indebtedness of our Company. They rank pari passu with certain of our other unsecured indebtedness, including: (i) unsecured notes offered and sold pursuant to an offering under Rule 506(b) of Regulation D that commenced in July 2020 and was terminated in September 2020 with maturity dates ranging from one to four years and interest rates ranging from 6.5% to 15% (the | |
6
| 506(b) Notes); (ii) unsecured notes offered and sold pursuant to an offering under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D that commenced on October 22, 2020 and terminated in December 2021 with maturity dates ranging from one year to four years and annual interest from 6.5% to 15% (the 506(c) Notes); (iii) unsecured bonds offered and sold pursuant to an offering under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D that commenced in July 2022 and terminated in December of 2022 with five year maturity and annual interest of 11% (the 11% Bonds) and (iv) unsecured bonds offered and sold pursuant to Rule 506(c) that commenced on July 22, 2022 and terminated in December of 2022 with a nine month maturity and interest rates of 8% or 9% (together, the Short Term Bonds, and, collectively with the Rule 506(b) Notes, the 506(c) Notes, the 11% Bonds and the Bonds, the Pari Passu Obligations).
The Bonds rank senior to the Series AAA through Series D-1 Bonds offered pursuant to an offering under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D that commenced in December 2022 and terminated in August of 2023 with maturity dates from nine months to seven years with interest rates from 8% to 12% (the December 2022 Subordinated Reg D Bonds,). The Bonds also rank senior to the Series U through Series Z-1 Bonds offered pursuant to an offering under Rule 506(c) of Regulation D that commenced in August of 2023 with maturity dates from one to eleven years with interest rates from 9% to 13% (the August 2023 Subordinated Reg D Bonds, and together with the December 2022 Subordinated Reg D Bonds, the Subordinated Reg D Bonds). The Subordinated Reg D Bonds are here in after referred to collectively with the Bonds and the Pari Passu Obligations as the Unsecured Debt Obligations.
The Bonds are structurally subordinated to all indebtedness of our subsidiaries. The Bonds rank junior to any of our current or future secured indebtedness. Our current secured indebtedness is that certain revolving credit loan from Amarillo National Bank (ANB) in the maximum and current principal amount of $30,000,000 (the ANB Loan) pursuant to that certain Commercial Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 2023 (the Credit Agreement) by and among ANB, the Company and its subsidiary, PhoenixOP, as borrower, which is secured by a senior security interest in all of our assets. For the alleviation of doubt, any future secured lenders will rank senior to the Bonds with respect to their collateral interests. We also intend to enter into the PCGHI Loan (as defined herein) which will be secured by junior mortgages (to the ANB Loan or other senior secured debt) on certain properties of the Company and will be senior to the Bonds with respect to PCGHIs collateral interest in such properties. Collectively, as of August 31, 2023, there were: (i) $27,554,218 of Pari Passu Obligations outstanding, with maturities ranging from September 30, 2023 to December 31, 2027; (ii) $198,457,786 of Subordinated Reg D Bonds outstanding, with maturities ranging from September 30, 2023 to August 31, 2030; (iii) $65,672,173 of Bonds outstanding, with maturities ranging from January 31, 2025 to May 31, 2026 and (iv) $30,000,000 outstanding under the ANB Loan. See General Information About Our Company Unsecured Debt Obligations and Company Structure Chart for more information. | ||
| Use of Proceeds | We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be approximately $21,562,945, after deducting the Broker-Dealer Fee.
We plan to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering for the purchase mineral rights and non-operated working interests, as well as additional asset acquisitions. See Use of Proceeds for additional information. | |
7
| Redemption at the Option of the Bondholder | Bondholders will have the right to have their Bonds redeemed at any time prior to the maturity date, subject to an annual cap referenced below, regardless of the reason for the redemption, at a price equal to $950 plus all accrued but unpaid interest per Bond, regardless of when such Bonds are redeemed.
Our obligation to redeem Bonds in any given year pursuant to this redemption is limited to 10% of the outstanding principal balance of the Bonds, in the aggregate, on the most recent of January 1st, April 1st, July 1st or October 1st of the applicable year while the Offering is open, and January 1st of the applicable year, following the offering termination. In addition, any Bonds redeemed as a result of a Bondholders right upon death, disability or bankruptcy, will be included in calculating the 10% | |
| Limit and will thus reduce the number of Bonds, in the aggregate, to be redeemed pursuant to the redemption. Bond redemptions will occur in the order that notices are received. We are not required to establish a sinking fund or reserve for the redemption of Bonds and our ability to redeem Bonds will be subject to the availability of cash or other financing sources and cannot be assured. | ||
| Redemption at the Option of the Company | The Bonds may be redeemed at our option at no penalty. If the Bonds are renewed for an additional term, we may redeem the Bonds at any time during such renewal period. Any redemption will occur at a price equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the Bonds, plus any accrued but unpaid interest. For the specific terms of the Optional Redemption, please see Description of Bonds Optional Redemption for more information. | |
| Redemption Upon Death, Disability or Bankruptcy | Within 90 days of the death, disability or bankruptcy of a Bondholder who is a natural person, the estate of such Bondholder, or legal representative of such Bondholder may request that we repurchase, in whole but not in part and without penalty, the Bonds held by such Bondholder by delivering to us a written notice requesting such Bonds be redeemed. Redemptions due to death, disability or bankruptcy shall count towards the annual 10% Limit on redemptions described above; provided, however, that any redemptions pursuant to death, disability or bankruptcy shall not be subject to the 10% Limit. Any such request shall specify the particular event giving rise to the right of the holder or beneficial holder to redeem his or her Bonds. If a Bond is held jointly by natural persons who are legally married, then such request may be made by (i) the surviving Bondholder upon the death of the spouse, or (ii) the disabled Bondholder (or a legal representative) upon disability of the spouse. In the event a Bond is held together by two or more natural persons that are not legally married, neither of these persons shall have the right to request that the Company repurchase such Bond unless each Bondholder has been affected by such an event.
Disability shall mean with respect to any Bondholder or beneficial holder, a determination of disability based upon a physical or mental condition or impairment arising after the date such Bondholder or beneficial holder first acquired Bonds. Any such determination of disability must be made by any of: (1) the Social Security Administration; (2) the U.S. Office of Personnel Management; or (3) the Veterans Benefits Administration, or the Applicable Governmental Agency, responsible for reviewing the disability retirement benefits that the applicable Bondholder or beneficial holder could be eligible to receive.
Bankruptcy shall mean, with respect to any Bondholder the final adjudication related to (i) the filing of any petition seeking to adjudicate the Bondholder bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking for itself any liquidation, winding up, reorganization, | |
8
| arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of such Bondholder or such Bondholders debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or (ii) without the consent or acquiescence of such Bondholder, the entering of an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar relief under any bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar statute, law, or regulation, or, without the consent or acquiescence of such Bondholder, the entering of an order appointing a trustee, custodian, receiver, or liquidator of such Bondholder or of all or any substantial part of the property of such Bondholder which order shall not be dismissed within ninety (90) days. | ||
| Subject to the annual cap on redemptions, upon our receipt of a redemption request in the event of death, disability or bankruptcy of a Bondholder, we will designate a date for the redemption of such Bonds, which date shall not be later than 90 days after we receive documentation and/or certifications establishing (to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company) the right to be redeemed. On the designated date, we will redeem such Bonds at a price per Bond that is equal to all accrued and unpaid interest, to but not including the date on which the Bonds are redeemed plus the then outstanding principal amount of such Bond. | ||
| Default | The Indenture governing the Bonds will contain events of default, the occurrence of which may result in the acceleration of our obligations under the Bonds in certain circumstances. Events of default, other than payment defaults, will be subject to our Companys right to cure within a certain number of days of such event of default. Our Company will have the right to cure any payment default within 60 days before the trustee may declare a default and exercise the remedies under the Indenture. See Description of Bonds - Event of Default for more information. | |
| Form | Bonds will be registered in book-entry form on the books and records of the Company. See Description of Bonds - Book-Entry, Delivery and Form for more information. | |
| Denominations | We will issue the Bonds only in denominations of $1,000. | |
| Payment of Principal and Interest | Principal and interest on the Bonds will be payable in U.S. dollars or other legal tender, coin or currency of the U.S. | |
| Future Issuances | We may, from time to time, without notice to or consent of the Bondholders, increase the aggregate principal amount of any series of the Bonds outstanding by issuing additional bonds in the future with the same terms of such series of Bonds, except for the issue date and offering price, and such additional bonds shall be consolidated with the applicable series of Bonds and form a single series. | |
| Securities Laws Matters: | The Bonds being offered are not being registered under the Securities Act in reliance upon exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and such state securities laws and may not be transferred or resold except as permitted under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws pursuant to registration or exemption therefrom. In addition, the Company does not intend to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. | |
9
| Trustee, Registrar and Paying Agent |
We previously designated UMB Bank, N.A. as paying agent and Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc., a California corporation as co-paying agent in respect of Bonds registered to it as record holder. Effective July 18, 2022, the Company is the registrar and designated paying agent with respect to the Bonds, and as such, will make payments on the Bonds. UMB Bank, N.A. acts as trustee under the Indenture. The Bonds will be issued in book-entry form only, evidenced by global certificates. | |
| Governing Law | The Indenture and the Bonds will be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. | |
| Material Tax Considerations | You should consult your tax advisors concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning the Bonds in light of your own specific situation, as well as consequences arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction. | |
| Risk Factors | An investment in the Bonds involves certain risks. You should carefully consider the risks above, as well as the other risks described under Risk Factors of this offering circular before making an investment decision. | |
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
10
| (1) | All amounts as of August 31, 2023. See Risk Factors for a discussion of the risks related to our capital structure and your investment in the Bonds. |
| (2) | Upon qualification of PCGHIs proposed offering of up to $75 million of PCGHI Bonds, the Company will enter into the PCGHI Loan with PCGHI pursuant to which it may borrow up to $75 million of loans secured on junior basis to the ANB Loan by mortgages on certain of the Companys property. The amount available to be borrowed will depend upon the gross proceeds of PCGHIs offering, if any. The PCGHI Loan will rank senior to the Bonds to the extent of the value of the collateral securing the PCGHI Loan. See Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsPhoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC. |
| (3) | The Bonds are subordinated to the ANB Loan. See General Information About Our CompanySummary of the ANB Commercial Credit Agreement and Description of BondsRankingSubordination. |
| (4) | Pursuant to its limited liability company agreement, the Company is managed by a sole manager selected by Lion of Judah, LLC in its sole discretion. As of the date of this offering circular, Lindsey Wilson, our Chief Operating Officer, acts as our manager. See Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Manager, Executive Officers and Significant Employees. |
| (5) | The Companys debt issued pursuant to Regulation D has maturities ranging from December 1, 2023 to August 31, 2030, at interest rates ranging from 6.5% to 15% per annum. Approximately $75.1 million in principal amount of such debt matures prior to August 31, 2024. Approximately $198.5 million in principal amount of debt issued pursuant to Regulation D is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Bonds. The terms of the Bonds do not prohibit the Company from issuing more debt pursuant to Regulation D. See Offering Circular SummaryThe OfferingRanking and General Information About Our Company Unsecured Debt Obligations. |
| (6) | The Companys debt issued pursuant to Regulation A has maturities ranging between January 31, 2025 and May 31, 2026 and bears interest at 9% per annum. The terms of the Bonds do not prohibit the Company from issuing more debt pursuant to Regulation A, including additional Bonds, and the Company expects to have an additional $22,579,000 available to issue in the next 12 months pursuant to the terms of Regulation A. Any additional Bonds issued will rank pari passu with all existing Bonds. |
| (7) | Although the Companys subsidiaries do not, as of the date of this offering circular, have any outstanding indebtedness, except for PhoenixOp as co-borrower of the ANB Loan, the Indenture will not prohibit the Companys current or future direct or indirect subsidiaries from incurring indebtedness and any such indebtedness, if incurred, would rank structurally senior in priority to the Bonds with respect to the assets of such subsidiary. |
| (8) | As of the date of this offering circular, PCGHI has filed for an offering of senior subordinated unsecured bonds in an amount not to exceed $75 million in the aggregate. Such bonds, if issued, would rank structurally senior in priority to the Bonds with respect to the assets of PCGHI. |
11
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This offering circular contains certain forward-looking statements that are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements are generally identifiable by use of forward-looking terminology such as may, will, should, potential, intend, expect, outlook, seek, anticipate, estimate, approximately, believe, could, project, predict, or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are based on certain assumptions, discuss future expectations, describe future plans and strategies, contain financial and operating projections or state other forward-looking information. Our ability to predict results or the actual effect of future events, actions, plans or strategies is inherently uncertain. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, our actual results and performance could differ materially from those set forth or anticipated in our forward-looking statements. Factors that could have a material adverse effect on our forward-looking statements and upon our business, results of operations, financial condition, funds derived from operations, cash flows, liquidity and prospects include, but are not limited to, the factors referenced in this offering circular, including those set forth below.
When considering forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the risk factors and other cautionary statements in this offering circular. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any of these forward-looking statements, which reflect our views as of the date of this offering circular. The matters summarized below and elsewhere in this offering circular could cause our actual results and performance to differ materially from those set forth or anticipated in forward-looking statements. Accordingly, we cannot guarantee future results or performance. Furthermore, except as required by law, we are under no duty to, and we do not intend to, update any of our forward-looking statements after the date of this offering circular, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
12
An investment in the Bonds is highly speculative and is suitable only for persons or entities that are able to evaluate the risks of the investment. An investment in the Bonds should be made only by persons or entities able to bear the risk of and to withstand the total loss of their investment. Prospective investors should consider the following risks before making a decision to purchase the Bonds. To the best of our knowledge, we have included all material risks to investors in this section.
Risks Related to the Bonds and to this Offering
The Bonds are not obligations of our subsidiaries and will be subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Companys subsidiaries, if any. Such subordination increases the risk that we will be unable to meet our obligations on the Bonds.
The Bonds are obligations of the Company exclusively and not of any of our subsidiaries. The Bonds are also effectively subordinated to all of the liabilities of the Companys subsidiaries, to the extent of their assets, since they are separate and distinct legal entities with no obligation to pay any amounts due under the Companys indebtedness, including the Bonds, or to make any funds available to make payments on the Bonds. For example, if PhoenixOp were to procure debt financing, its creditors would be structurally senior to our creditors, including Bondholders, with respect to PhoenixOps assets. The Companys right to receive any assets of any subsidiary in the event of a bankruptcy or liquidation of the subsidiary, and therefore the right of the Companys creditors, including holders of the Bonds, to participate in those assets, will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that subsidiarys creditors, including trade creditors, in each case to the extent that the Company is not recognized as a creditor of such subsidiary. In addition, even where the Company is recognized as a creditor of a subsidiary, the Companys rights as a creditor with respect to certain amounts are subordinated to other indebtedness of that subsidiary, including secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness.
The Bonds are subordinate to our current and future secured indebtedness including the ANB Loan and the PCGHI Loan with respect to the collateral pledged to ANB under the Credit Agreement and to PCGHI under the Credit Loan Agreement.
The Bonds will be subordinate to any debt outstanding under the Companys ANB Loan with respect to the collateral pledged under the Credit Agreement which is all of the companys assets. The Bonds will also be subordinate to any debt outstanding under the PCGHI Loan with respect to the junior mortgage collateral securing the PCGHI Loan. The Bonds will be subordinate to the collateral interest of any future secured indebtedness of the Company.
In the event of the Companys bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization or other winding up, ANB and PCGHI, as the lenders under the various credit agreements will be in senior position with respect to the collateral securing their loans. If the Company defaults under the Credit Agreement or other ANB Loan documents on the one hand or the Credit Loan Agreement or other PCGHI Loan documents on the other, either of ANB or PCGHI could foreclose on its security interest in our assets pledged as collateral, which may result in our inability to pay interest or principal on the Bonds and exist as a going concern. The Bonds will be subordinate to any future secured indebtedness of the Company with respect to the assets securing such indebtedness. In the event of default, there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the Bonds then outstanding.
We may engage in a variety of transactions that may impair our ability to pay interest and principal on the Bonds.
The Indenture governing the Bonds will contain covenants that will limit us from making any fundamental changes including any merger, consolidation, winding up or liquidation. However, if we violate this covenant or
13
engage in any transaction limited by the covenants pursuant to a waiver to the Indenture, it could have an adverse impact on Bondholders. In addition, other than the limited covenants contained in the Indenture discussed in this offering circular, we are not subject to additional restrictions on our activities. We may engage in activities, such as issuing additional debt that may rank senior or pari passu with the Bonds, that may hinder our ability to pay our bond service obligations.
The Trustee may exercise its rights under the Indenture in the event of default subject to the rights of the Companys secured lenders .
Trustee may pursue its rights under the Indenture in the event of default; however, the Companys secured lenders, including ANB and PCGHI, have senior positions with respect to the collateral securing their respective loans.
Some significant restructuring transactions that may adversely affect Bondholders may not constitute a Change of Control/Repurchase Event under the Indenture, in which case we would not be obligated to offer to repurchase the Bonds.
Some restructuring transactions that result in a change in control may not qualify as a Repurchase Event under the Indenture; therefore, Bondholders will not have the right to repurchase their Bonds, even though the Company is under new management. These transactions are limited to those which cause a non-affiliate of the Company to gain voting control. Upon the occurrence of a transaction which results in a change in control of the Company, Bondholders will have no voting rights with respect to such a transaction. In the event of any such transaction, Bondholders would not have the right to require us to repurchase their Bonds, even though such a transaction could increase the amount of our indebtedness, or otherwise adversely affect the Bondholders.
If we sell substantially less than all of the Bonds we are offering, the costs we incur to comply with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, regarding financial reporting and other fixed costs (such as those relating to the offering) will be a larger percentage of our revenue and may reduce our financial performance and our ability to fulfil our obligations under the Bonds.
We expect to incur significant costs in maintaining compliance with the financial reporting for a Tier II Regulation A issuer and that our management will spend a significant amount of time assessing the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We do not anticipate that these costs or the amount of time our management will be required to spend will be significantly less if we sell substantially less than all of the Bonds we are offering.
Redemption requests of Bonds at the option of the Bondholder will be limited by the 10% Limit and to the extent they are accepted, will be subject to financial penalties for early redemption.
While the Bonds carry an early redemption right and a redemption right in the event of death, disability or bankruptcy of the Bondholder, redemptions are subject to an annual 10% redemption limit. As a result, requests for redemption from Bondholders may be rejected by the Company. Additionally, with respect to redemptions at the option of the Bondholders, except for death, disability or bankruptcy, early redemption penalties will apply, which will adversely affect Bondholders seeking to redeem Bonds prior to maturity. If the Company elects to extend the maturity of the Bonds as set forth herein, then a Bondholder may be required to redeem its Bonds, inclusive of the early redemption penalty, if the Bondholder does not wish to keep its Bonds through the extended maturity.
14
Redemption requests for Bonds at the option of the Bondholder or in the event of death, disability or bankruptcy of a Bondholder may have an adverse effect on the Companys overall growth and ability to fulfil our obligations on the Bonds.
The Bonds carry an early redemption right and a redemption right in the event of death, disability or bankruptcy of the Bondholder. As a result, one or more Bondholders may elect to have their Bonds redeemed prior to maturity. In such an event, we may not have access to the necessary cash to redeem such Bonds. Additionally, any cash used to satisfy such redemption requests will be diverted from cash required to fund the continued growth of the Company. Accordingly, the use of funds towards redemptions could result in the Companys inability to meet projected growth targets, which could, in turn, limit the Companys ability to make interest and principal payments to Bondholders.
Our trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by the Indenture at the request, order or direction of any of the Bondholders, pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture, unless such Bondholders shall have offered to the trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby.
The Indenture governing the Bonds provides that in case an event of default occurs and not be cured, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a reasonable person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Bondholder, unless the Bondholder has offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
There is no established trading market for the Bonds and we do not expect one to develop. Therefore, Bondholders may not be able to resell them for the price that they paid or sell them at all.
Prior to this offering, there was no active market for the Bonds and we do not expect one to develop. We do not have any present intention to apply for a quotation for the Bonds on an alternative trading system or over the counter market and even if we obtain that quotation in the future, we do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead to the development and maintenance of a liquid trading market. Further, the Bonds will not be quoted on an alternative trading system or over the counter market until after the termination of this offering, if at all. Therefore, investors will be required to wait until at least after the final termination date of this offering for such quotation. The initial public offering price for the Bonds has been determined by us. You may not be able to sell the Bonds you purchase at or above the initial offering price or sell them at all.
Alternative trading systems and over the counter markets, as with other public markets, may from time to time experience significant price and volume fluctuations. As a result, if the Bonds are listed on such a trading system, the market price of the Bonds may be similarly volatile, and Bondholders may from time to time experience a decrease in the value of their Bonds, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. The price of the Bonds could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those listed in this Risk Factors section of this offering circular. No assurance can be given that the market price of the Bonds will not fluctuate or decline significantly in the future or that Bondholders will be able to sell their Bonds when desired on favorable terms, or at all. Further, the sale of the Bonds may have adverse federal income tax consequences.
We may redeem all or any part of the Bonds that have been issued before their maturity, and you may be unable to reinvest the proceeds at either the same or a higher rate of return.
We may redeem all or any part of the outstanding Bonds prior to maturity. See Description of BondsOptional Redemption for more information. If redeemed, you may be unable to reinvest the money you receive in the redemption at a rate that is equal to or higher than the rate of return on the Bonds.
15
Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry
Because of the unique difficulties and uncertainties inherent in the mineral rights investment business, we face a potential risk of business failure.
Potential investors should be aware of the difficulties normally encountered by companies investing in mineral rights and the potential failure of such enterprises. The likelihood of success must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications and delays encountered in connection with the mineral rights investment that we plan to undertake. These potential problems include, but are not limited to, unanticipated problems relating to finding mineral rights assets, and additional costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. The search for minerals may also involve numerous hazards. Thus, we may become subject to liability for such hazards, including pollution, cave-ins and other hazards against which we cannot insure or against which we may elect not to insure. The payment of such liabilities may have a material adverse effect on our financial position. In addition, there is no assurance that the expenditures to be made by us in the exploration phase will result in the discovery of economic deposits of minerals. Problems such as unusual or unexpected formations and other conditions are involved in mineral exploration and often result in unsuccessful exploration efforts.
If we are unable to successfully compete within the mineral rights business, we will not be able to achieve profitable operations.
The mineral rights business is highly competitive. This industry has a multitude of competitors. Our exploration activities will be focused on attempting to locate commercially viable mineral deposits. Many of our competitors have greater financial resources than us. As a result, we may experience difficulty competing with other businesses when investing in mineral rights. If we are unable to retain qualified third-party operators to assist us in production activities if a commercially viable deposit is found to exist, we may be unable to enter into production and achieve profitable operations.
Because of factors beyond our control which could affect the marketability of minerals found, we may experience difficulty selling any minerals we discover.
Even if commercial quantities of mineral reserves are discovered, a ready market may not exist for the sale of these reserves. Numerous factors beyond our control may affect the marketability of any minerals discovered. These factors include market fluctuations, the proximity and capacity of minerals markets and processing equipment, government regulations, including regulations relating to prices, taxes, royalties, land tenure, land use, importing and exporting of minerals and environmental protection. These factors could inhibit our ability to sell minerals in the event that commercial amounts of minerals are found.
Because we will be subject to compliance with government regulation which may change, the anticipated costs of our exploration program may increase.
State and local government bodies regulate mineral exploration or exploitation within that state. We may be required to obtain work permits, post bonds and perform remediation work for any physical disturbance to the land in order to comply with these regulations. While our planned exploration program budgets for regulatory compliance, there is a risk that new regulations could increase our costs of doing business, prevent us from carrying out our exploration program, and make compliance with new regulations unduly burdensome.
A shortage of equipment and supplies for our third-party operators could adversely affect our ability to operate our business.
Our third-party operators are dependent on various supplies and equipment in order to carry out its extraction operations. Any shortage of such supplies, equipment and parts could have a material adverse effect on their ability to carry out operations and therefore limit or increase the cost of production and, ultimately, our profitability.
16
We will be contracting with third parties to perform the actual extraction operations, and these third-party contractors may not perform as we expect.
We will be utilizing third-party contractors to perform the drilling and extraction operations on our assets to extract the natural resources we rely on to generate revenue. If the third-party contractors we hire do not perform as we expect, we may not generate as much of a profit as we anticipate, which could limit our ability to make interest and principal payments to Bondholders. Further, if the contractors are not competent with respect to environmental laws and risks, we may face enforcement actions, lawsuits, civil or criminal fines or penalties, loss or reputation or other costly expenditures, all of which could damage our business operations. Reckless action on the part of incompetent contractors could also lead to damage to, or destruction of, our assets leading to delays in future actions and loss of revenue, among other costly outcomes.
We are subject to significant governmental regulations, which affect our operations and costs of conducting our business.
The current and future operations of our business and that of the third-party contractors on our land are and will be governed by laws and regulations, including:
| | laws and regulations governing mineral concession acquisition, prospecting, development, mining and production; |
| | laws and regulations related to exports, taxes and fees; |
| | labor standards and regulations related to occupational health and mine safety; |
| | environmental standards and regulations related to waste disposal, toxic substances, land use and environmental protection; and |
| | other matters. |
Companies engaged in exploration activities often experience increased costs and delays in production and other schedules as a result of the need to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permits. Failure of the third parties we contract with to comply with applicable laws, regulations and permits may result in enforcement actions, including the forfeiture of claims, orders issued by regulatory or judicial authorities requiring operations to cease or be curtailed, and may include corrective measures requiring capital expenditures, installation of additional equipment or costly remedial actions. We may be required to compensate those suffering loss or damage by reason of our mineral exploration activities and may have civil or criminal fines or penalties imposed for violations of such laws, regulations and permits.
Regulations and pending legislation governing issues involving climate change could result in increased operating costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
A number of governments or governmental bodies have introduced or are contemplating regulatory changes in response to various climate change interest groups and the potential impact of climate change. Legislation and increased regulation regarding climate change could impose significant costs on us, the third parties we will contract with to perform the mining operations, our venture partners and our suppliers, including costs related to increased energy requirements, capital equipment, environmental monitoring and reporting and other costs to comply with such regulations. Any adopted future climate change regulations could also negatively impact our ability to compete with companies situated in areas not subject to such limitations. Given the emotion, political significance and uncertainty around the impact of climate change and how it should be dealt with, we cannot predict how legislation and regulation will affect our financial condition, operating performance and ability to compete. Furthermore, even without such regulation, increased awareness and any adverse publicity in the global marketplace about potential impacts on climate change by us or other companies in our industry could harm our reputation. The potential physical impacts of climate change on our operations are highly uncertain, and would be particular to the geographic circumstances in areas in which we operate. These may include changes in rainfall
17
and storm patterns and intensities, water shortages, changing sea levels and changing temperatures. These impacts may adversely impact the cost, production and financial performance of our operations.
Existing and possible future laws, regulations and permits governing operations and activities of exploration companies, or more stringent implementation, could have a material adverse impact on our business and cause increases in capital expenditures or require abandonment or delays in exploration.
Our exploration and development activities are subject to environmental risks, which could expose us to significant liability and delay, suspension or termination of our operations.
The exploration and possible future development phases of our business will be subject to federal, state and local environmental regulation. These regulations mandate, among other things, the maintenance of air and water quality standards and land reclamation. They also set out limitations on the generation, transportation, storage and disposal of solid and hazardous waste. Environmental legislation is evolving in a manner which will require stricter standards and enforcement, increased fines and penalties for non-compliance, more stringent environmental assessments, and a heightened degree of responsibility for companies and their officers, directors and employees. Future changes in environmental regulations, if any, may adversely affect the operations of the third-party contractors on our land as well as our business. If we fail to comply with any of the applicable environmental laws, regulations or permit requirements, we could face regulatory or judicial sanctions. Penalties imposed by either the courts or administrative bodies could delay or stop the operations of the third-party contractors on our land or require a considerable capital expenditure. Although we and our third-party operators intend to comply with all environmental laws and permitting obligations in conducting our business, there is a possibility that those opposed to exploration and mining will attempt to interfere with our operations, whether by legal process, regulatory process or otherwise.
Environmental hazards unknown to us, which have been caused by previous or existing owners or operators of the properties, may exist on the properties in which we hold an interest. It is possible that our properties could be located on or near the site of a Federal Superfund cleanup project. Although we will endeavor to avoid such sites, it is possible that environmental cleanup or other environmental restoration procedures could remain to be completed or mandated by law, causing unpredictable and unexpected liabilities to arise.
U.S. Federal Laws
The Comprehensive Environmental, Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), and comparable state statutes, impose strict, joint and several liability on current and former owners and operators of sites and on persons who disposed of or arranged for the disposal of hazardous substances found at such sites. It is not uncommon for the government to file claims requiring cleanup actions, demands for reimbursement for government-incurred cleanup costs, or natural resource damages, or for neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by hazardous substances released into the environment. The Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), and comparable state statutes, govern the disposal of solid waste and hazardous waste and authorize the imposition of substantial fines and penalties for noncompliance, as well as requirements for corrective actions. CERCLA, RCRA and comparable state statutes can impose liability for clean-up of sites and disposal of substances found on exploration, mining and processing sites long after activities on such sites have been completed.
The Clean Air Act, as amended, restricts the emission of air pollutants from many sources, including mining and processing activities. The mining operations conducted by third parties on our land may produce air emissions, including fugitive dust and other air pollutants from stationary equipment, storage facilities and the use of mobile sources such as trucks and heavy construction equipment, which are subject to review, monitoring and/or control requirements under the Clean Air Act and state air quality laws. New facilities of theirs may be required to obtain permits before work can begin, and existing facilities may be required to incur capital costs in order to remain in compliance. In addition, permitting rules may impose limitations on their production levels or result in additional capital expenditures in order to comply with the rules.
18
The National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) requires federal agencies to integrate environmental considerations into their decision-making processes by evaluating the environmental impacts of their proposed actions, including issuance of permits to mining facilities, and assessing alternatives to those actions. If a proposed action could significantly affect the environment, the agency must prepare a detailed statement known as an Environmental Impact Statement (EIS). The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, other federal agencies, and any interested third parties will review and comment on the scoping of the EIS and the adequacy of and findings set forth in the draft and final EIS. This process can cause delays in issuance of required permits or result in changes to a project to mitigate its potential environmental impacts, which can in turn impact the economic feasibility of a proposed project.
The Clean Water Act (CWA), and comparable state statutes, imposes restrictions and controls on the discharge of pollutants into waters of the United States. The discharge of pollutants into regulated waters is prohibited, except in accordance with the terms of a permit issued by the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) or an analogous state agency. The CWA regulates storm water mining facilities and requires a storm water discharge permit for certain activities. Such a permit requires the regulated facility to monitor and sample storm water run-off from its operations. The CWA and regulations implemented thereunder also prohibit discharges of dredged and fill material in wetlands and other waters of the United States unless authorized by an appropriately issued permit. The CWA and comparable state statutes provide for civil, criminal and administrative penalties for unauthorized discharges of pollutants and impose liability on parties responsible for those discharges for the costs of cleaning up any environmental damage caused by the release and for natural resource damages resulting from the release.
The Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA) and the Underground Injection Control (UIC) program promulgated thereunder, regulate the drilling and operation of subsurface injection wells. EPA directly administers the UIC program in some states and in others the responsibility for the program has been delegated to the state. The program requires that a permit be obtained before drilling a disposal or injection well. Violation of these regulations and/or contamination of groundwater by mining related activities may result in fines, penalties, and remediation costs, among other sanctions and liabilities under the SWDA and state laws. In addition, third-party claims may be filed by landowners and other parties claiming damages for alternative water supplies, property damages, and bodily injury.
We or our third-party operators could be subject to environmental lawsuits.
Neighboring landowners and other third parties could file claims based on environmental statutes and common law for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by the release of hazardous substances or other waste material into the environment on or around our properties. There can be no assurance that our defense of such claims will be successful. A successful claim against us or any of the third parties we contract with to conduct operations on our land could have an adverse effect on our business prospects, financial condition and results of operation.
While the testing of our mineral right exploration software system has been successful to date, there can be no assurance that we will be able to replicate the process, along with all of the expected economic advantages, on a large commercial scale.
As of the date of this offering circular, we have built and operated our mineral right exploration software system on a limited scale. While we believe that our development and testing to date has proven the concept of our software, there can be no assurance that as we commence large scale operations that we will not incur unexpected costs or hurdles that might restrict the desired scale of our intended operations or negatively impact our projected gross profit margin.
19
We do not currently own any intellectual property rights relating to our mineral right exploration software system and may be subject to competitors developing the same technology.
As of the date of this offering circular, we do not own any intellectual property rights for any of our software used in our mineral rights exploration. We substantially rely on this software to identify profitable assets ahead of our competitors. If a competitor or anyone else replicates our software, then our business would materially suffer and our ability to repay any of our debts, including the obligations under the Bonds, may be affected.
Our mineral right exploration software system may infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, which could lead to costly disputes or disruptions.
The applied science industry is characterized by frequent allegations of intellectual property infringement. Though we do not expect to be subject to any of these allegations, any allegation of infringement could be time consuming and expensive to defend or resolve, result in substantial diversion of management resources, cause suspension of operations or force us to enter into royalty, license, or other agreements rather than dispute the merits of such allegation. If patent holders or other holders of intellectual property initiate legal proceedings, we may be forced into protracted and costly litigation. We may not be successful in defending such litigation and may not be able to procure any required royalty or license agreements on acceptable terms or at all.
Our business is sensitive to the price of oil and timing of oil production, which may have an adverse effect on our ability to generate returns for investors.
We are in the business of purchasing mineral rights and non-operated working interests in land in the United States, including the rights to drill for oil and gas. A decline in oil prices can have an adverse effect on the value of our interests in the land which will materially and adversely affect our ability to generate cash flows and in turn our ability to make interest payments on the Bonds. Further, a slowdown in the timing of oil production may reduce our ability to collect lease payments from leaseholders, which could limit our ability to make interest and principal payments to Bondholders.
Our investments are focused on acquiring properties where oil production is either ongoing or imminent. Therefore, very few of our investments are expected to generate returns that substantially exceed our projections.
We focus on acquiring properties where oil production is ongoing or imminent, which provide predictable near-term cash flows. Less than ten percent (10%) of our total portfolio is expected to include investments with no current drill schedule, therefore investors should not expect our investments to generate returns that substantially exceed our current projections.
Our business could be adversely affected by unfavorable economic and political conditions, which in turn, can negatively impact our ability to generate returns to you.
The Companys future business and operations are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the United States. National and regional economies and financial markets have become increasingly interconnected, which increases the possibilities that conditions in one country, region, or market might adversely impact issuers in a different country, region, or market. Major economic or political disruptions, such as the slowing economy in China, the war in Ukraine and sanctions on Russia, and a potential economic slowdown in the United Kingdom and Europe, may have global negative economic and market repercussions. While the Company does not have or intend to have operations in those countries, such disruptions may nevertheless cause fluctuations in oil prices, which could impact our ability to generate cash flows, and in turn, make payments to you.
20
The lingering effects of the coronavirus (also known as the COVID-19 virus) pandemic and uncertainty in the financial markets may adversely affect our ability to generate revenues.
The long-term impact of the coronavirus pandemic on the U.S. and world economies remains unknown, but effects of the pandemic, as well as inflation and rising interest rates, has led to uncertainty in the financial markets that could significantly and negatively impact the global, national and regional economies, the length and breadth of which cannot currently be predicted. Extended disruptions to the global economy are likely to cause fluctuations in oil prices and the timing of oil production, which could have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate cash flow, which in turn could limit our ability to pay interest on the Bonds.
The Company, through its investment in PhoenixOp and future assignment of oil and gas properties to PhoenixOp intends to begin drilling activities. Such activities will pose additional risks to the Company which could adversely affect the Company.
PhoenixOp, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, will face numerous risks while drilling, including: failing to place a well bore in the desired target producing zone; not staying in the desired drilling zone while drilling horizontally through the formation; failing to run its casing the entire length of the well bore; and not being able to run tools and other equipment consistently through the horizontal well bore. Risks PhoenixOp may face while completing our wells include, but are not limited to, not being able to fracture stimulate the planned number of stages; failing to run tools the entire length of the well bore during completion operations; not successfully cleaning out the well bore after completion of the final fracture stimulation stage; increased seismicity in areas near its completion activities; unintended interference of completion activities performed by us or by third parties with nearby operated or non-operated wells being drilled, completed, or producing; and failure of our optimized completion techniques to yield expected levels of production.
Further, many factors may occur that cause PhoenixOp to curtail, delay or cancel scheduled drilling and completion projects, including but not limited to:
| | abnormal pressure or irregularities in geological formations; |
| | shortages of or delays in obtaining equipment or qualified personnel; |
| | shortages of or delays in obtaining components used in fracture stimulation processes such as water and proppants; |
| | delays associated with suspending our operations to accommodate nearby drilling or completion operations being conducted by other operators; |
| | mechanical difficulties, fires, explosions, equipment failures or accidents, including ruptures of pipelines or storage facilities, or train derailments; |
| | restrictions on the use of underground injection wells for disposing of waste water from oil and gas activities; |
| | political events, public protests, civil disturbances, terrorist acts or cyber attacks; |
| | decreases in, or extended periods of low, crude oil and natural gas prices; |
| | title problems; |
| | environmental hazards, such as uncontrollable flows of crude oil, natural gas, brine, well fluids, hydraulic fracturing fluids, toxic gas or other pollutants into the environment, including groundwater and shoreline contamination; |
| | adverse climatic conditions and natural disasters; |
| | spillage or mishandling of crude oil, natural gas, brine, well fluids, hydraulic fracturing fluids, toxic gas or other pollutants by us or by third party service providers; |
21
| | limitations in infrastructure, including transportation, processing, refining and exportation capacity, or markets for crude oil and natural gas; and |
| | delays imposed by or resulting from compliance with regulatory requirements including permitting. |
PhoenixOp is not insured against all risks associated with our business. PhoenixOp may elect to not obtain insurance if we believe the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented or for other reasons. In addition, pollution and environmental risks are generally not fully insurable.
Losses and liabilities arising from any of the above events could reduce the value of the Companys capital contributions to PhoenixOp, increase the need for the Company to provide additional capital to PhoenixOp, and otherwise harm the Companys financial position, which could adversely affect the Company and its ability to pay its obligations under the Bonds.
Any cybersecurity-attack or other security breach of our technology systems, or those of third-party vendors we rely on, could subject us to significant liability and harm our business operations and reputation.
Cybersecurity attacks and security breaches of our technology systems, including those of our clients and third-party vendors, may subject us to liability and harm our business operations and overall reputation. Our operations rely on the secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in its computer systems and networks. Threats to information technology systems associated with cybersecurity risks and cyber incidents continue to grow, and there have been a number of highly publicized cases involving financial services companies, consumer-based companies and other organizations reporting the unauthorized disclosure of client, customer or other confidential information in recent years. Cybersecurity risks could disrupt our operations, negatively impact our ability to compete and result in injury to our reputation, downtime, loss of revenue, and increased costs to prevent, respond to or mitigate cybersecurity events. Although we have developed, and continue to invest in, systems and processes that are designed to detect and prevent security breaches and cyber-attacks, our security measures, information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions that could result in unauthorized disclosure or loss of sensitive information; damage to our reputation; the incurrence of additional expenses; additional regulatory scrutiny or penalties; or our exposure to civil or criminal litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
22
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this offering will be $21,562,945 after deducting the Broker-Dealer Fee. We previously paid the Broker-Dealer Fee to our former broker/dealer of record and may pay the Broker-Dealer Fee to broker-dealers who we retain to assist in the placement of Bonds.
We plan to use substantially all of the net proceeds from this offering on continued acquisitions of mineral rights and non-operated working interests, as well as additional asset acquisitions. The table below demonstrates our anticipated uses of offering proceeds, but the table below does not require us to use offering proceeds as indicated. Our actual use of offering proceeds will depend upon market conditions, among other considerations. The numbers in the table are approximate.
| Maximum Offering Amount* |
||||||||
| Amount(2) | Percent | |||||||
| Gross offering proceeds |
$ | 22,579,000 | 100 | % | ||||
| Less offering expenses: |
||||||||
| Broker-Dealer Fee(1) |
$ | 1,016,055 | 4.5 | % | ||||
| Net Proceeds |
$ | 21,562,945 | 95.5 | % | ||||
| Acquisitions of Mineral Rights and Non-Operated Working Interests and Investment in PhoenixOp(3) |
$ | 20,484,798 | 90.73 | % | ||||
| Working Capital and other asset acquisitions(4) |
$ | 1,078,147 | 4.77 | % | ||||
| * | Amounts and percentages may vary from the above, provided that selling commission and expenses will not exceed 4.5% of gross offering proceeds. |
| (1) | This represents the maximum broker-dealer fee payable to Dalmore Group of up to 4.5% of the gross proceeds of the offering. See Plan of Distribution for more information. Certain of our employees, including Mr. Willer, are registered as associated persons of our broker-dealer and will be paid part of any Broker-Dealer Fee resulting from Bonds sold with their assistance. |
| (2) | This assumes we sell the Maximum Offering Amount comprised of $22,579,000 which represents the value of The maximum gross proceeds of Bonds available to be offered as of the date of this offering circular out of the rolling 12-month maximum offering amount $75 million of securities that we are permitted to issued pursuant to Regulation A. |
| (3) | We anticipate approximately 90.73% of the gross proceeds of this offering (95% of net proceeds) will be used to acquire the mineral rights and non-operated working interests which represent our core business and/or to make investments in PhoenixOp. As disclosed herein, we have multiple sources of financing as well as significant cash from operations and resultingly cannot predict with specificity whether any particular financing, including the Bonds, will be used for investment in mineral assets or in PhoenixOp. |
| (4) | We anticipate approximately 4.77% of our gross proceeds (5% of net proceeds) will be used for general working capital needs, such as the payment of executive and employee salaries, general overhead and operating costs, and the acquisition of assets in the oil and gas space that are not mineral rights or non-operated working interests. |
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
23
Who May Invest
As a Tier II, Regulation A offering, investors must comply with the 10% limitation on investment in the offering, as prescribed in Rule 251. The only investor in this offering exempt from this limitation is an accredited investor, an Accredited Investor, as defined under Rule 501 of Regulation D. If you meet one of the following tests you qualify as an Accredited Investor:
(i) You are a natural person who has had individual income in excess of $200,000 in each of the two most recent years, or joint income with your spouse (or spousal equivalent) in excess of $300,000 in each of these years, and have a reasonable expectation of reaching the same income level in the current year;
(ii) You are a natural person and your individual net worth, or joint net worth with your spouse (or spousal equivalent), exceeds $1,000,000 at the time you purchase the Bonds (please see below on how to calculate your net worth);
(iii) You are an executive officer, director, trustee, general partner or advisory board member of the issuer or a person serving in a similar capacity as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act, or a manager or executive officer of the general partner of the issuer;
(iv) You are an investment adviser registered pursuant to Section 203 of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or an exempt reporting adviser as defined in Section 203(l) or Section 203(m) of that act, or an investment adviser registered under applicable state law.
(v) You are an organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Code, a corporation, a Massachusetts or similar business trust or a partnership or a limited liability company, not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Bonds, with total assets in excess of $5,000,000;
(vi) You are an entity, with investments, as defined under the Investment Company Act, exceeding $5,000,000, and you were not formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Bonds;
(vii) You are a bank or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in the Securities Act, a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Exchange Act, an insurance company as defined by the Securities Act, an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Company Act, or a business development company as defined in that act, any Small Business Investment Company licensed by the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, any Rural Business Investment Company as defined in the Consolidated Farm and Rural Development Act of 1961 or a private business development company as defined in the Investment Advisers Act of 1940;
(viii) You are an entity with total assets not less than $5,000,000 (including an Individual Retirement Account trust) in which each equity owner is an accredited investor;
(ix) You are a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, your purchase of the Bonds is directed by a person who either alone or with his purchaser representative(s) (as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, and you were not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Bonds;
(x) You are a family client of a family office, as defined in the Investment Advisers Act, with total assets not less than $5,000,000, your purchase of the Bonds is directed by a person who has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that the family office is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the prospective investment, and the family office was not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Bonds;
24
(xi) You are a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, if such plan has assets in excess of $5,000,000; or
(xii) You are a holder in good standing of certain professional certifications or designations, including the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. Licensed General Securities Representative (Series 7), Licensed Investment Adviser Representative (Series 65), or Licensed Private Securities Offerings Representative (Series 82) certifications.
Under Rule 251 of Regulation A, non-accredited, non-natural investors are subject to the investment limitation and may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchasers revenue or net assets (as of the purchasers most recent fiscal year end). A non-accredited, natural person may only invest funds which do not exceed 10% of the greater of the purchasers annual income or net worth (please see below on how to calculate your net worth).
Upon maturity, and subject to the terms and conditions described in this offering circular, the Bonds will be automatically renewed at the same interest rate and for the same term, unless redeemed upon maturity at our or your election. Each such renewal would constitute a new offering for the purpose of the registration requirements of the Securities Act and, as such, would be either registered or conducted pursuant to an exemption from registration.
NOTE: For the purposes of calculating your net worth, Net Worth is defined as the difference between total assets and total liabilities. This calculation must exclude the value of your primary residence and may exclude any indebtedness secured by your primary residence (up to an amount equal to the value of your primary residence). In the case of fiduciary accounts, net worth and/or income suitability requirements may be satisfied by the beneficiary of the account or by the fiduciary, if the donor or grantor is the fiduciary and the fiduciary directly or indirectly provides funds for the purchase of the Bonds.
Determination of Suitability
The Selling Group Members and registered investment advisors recommending the purchase of Bonds in this offering have the responsibility to make every reasonable effort to determine that your purchase of Bonds in this offering is a suitable and appropriate investment for you based on information provided by you regarding your financial situation and investment objectives. In making this determination, these persons have the responsibility to ascertain that you:
| | meet the minimum income and net worth standards set forth under Plan of Distribution Who May Invest above; |
| | can reasonably benefit from an investment in the Bonds based on your overall investment objectives and portfolio structure; |
| | are able to bear the economic risk of the investment based on your overall financial situation; |
| | are in a financial position appropriate to enable you to realize to a significant extent the benefits described in this offering circular of an investment in the Bonds; and |
| | have apparent understanding of: |
| | the fundamental risks of the investment; |
| | the risk that you may lose your entire investment; |
| | the lack of liquidity of the Bonds; |
| | the restrictions on transferability of the Bonds; and |
| | the tax consequences of your investment. |
25
Relevant information for this purpose will include at least your age, investment objectives, investment experience, income, net worth, financial situation, and other investments as well as any other pertinent factors. The Selling Group Members and registered investment advisors recommending the purchase of Bonds in this offering must maintain, for a six-year period, records of the information used to determine that an investment in Bonds is suitable and appropriate for you.
The Offering
We are offering a maximum offering amount of $22,579,000 in the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds to the public at a price of $1,000 per Bond. Between the Commencement Date and March 15, 2023, we sold $51,695,000 of Bonds. This amount included a broker-dealer fee of up to 1% on $19,050,000 of gross proceeds of the offering within that period. Consequently, $23,195,000 of Bonds sold between March 15, 2023 and May 25, 2023 were subject to the Broker-Dealer Fee of up to 4.5%. All remaining sales of Bonds will be subject to a Broker-Dealer Fee of up to 4.5%. The offering will terminate on the earliest of: (i) the date we sell the Maximum Offering Amount; (ii) December 23, 2024; or (iii) such date upon which we determine to terminate the offering, in our sole discretion.
We have arbitrarily determined the selling price of the Bonds and such price bears no relationship to our book or asset values, or to any other established criteria for valuing issued or outstanding Bonds.
The Bonds are being offered on a commercially reasonable efforts basis, which means generally that our broker/dealer of record is required to use only its commercially reasonable efforts to sell the Bonds and it has no firm commitment or obligation to purchase any of the Bonds. The offering will continue until the offering termination. We will conduct closings on at least a weekly basis assuming there are funds to close, until the offering termination. If either day falls on a weekend or holiday, the closing will be conducted on the next business day. Once a subscription has been submitted and accepted by the Company, an investor will not have the right to request the return of its subscription payment prior to the next closing date. If subscriptions are received on a closing date and accepted by the Company prior to such closing, any such subscriptions will be closed on that closing date. If subscriptions are received on a closing date but not accepted by the Company prior to such closing, any such subscriptions will be closed on the next closing date. It is expected that settlement will occur two business days following each closing date. Two business days after the closing date, offering proceeds for that closing will be disbursed to us and the Bonds purchased will be issued to the investors in the offering. If the Company is dissolved or liquidated after the acceptance of a subscription, the respective subscription payment will be returned to the subscriber. The offering is being made on commercially reasonable efforts basis through Dalmore Group, our broker/dealer of record.
Broker-Dealer and Compensation We Will Pay for the Sale of the Bonds
Our broker/dealer of record will receive a Broker-Dealer Fee of up to 4.5% of the remaining gross proceeds of the offering. The Broker-Dealer fee will be paid to Dalmore Group as our broker/dealer of record. Total underwriting compensation to be received by or paid to participating FINRA member broker-dealers, including, without limitation, the broker-dealer fee, will not exceed 4.5% of proceeds raised with the assistance of those participating FINRA member broker-dealers. Certain of our personnel, including Mr. Willer, our Managing Director, Capital Markets are licensed registered representatives of Dalmore and will be paid a portion of the Broker-Dealer Fee as sales compensation with respect to the sales of our Bonds. Mr. Willer will be paid up to 2.0% of the gross proceeds of the offering out of the Broker-Dealer Fee. As part of our previous engagement with Dalmore Group, we paid Dalmore Group a one-time advance set up fee of $5,000 to cover reasonable out-of-pocket accountable expenses that were anticipated to be incurred. In addition, we paid a $20,000 consulting fee that was due after FINRA issued the No Objection Letter.
26
Set forth below are tables indicating the estimated compensation and expenses that have been or may be paid in connection with the offering to our broker-dealers.
| Offering: | Per Bond |
Maximum Offering Amount |
||||||
| Price to investor: |
$ | 1,000 | $ | 22,579,000 | ||||
| Less broker-dealer fee: |
$ | 45 | $ | 1,016,055 | ||||
| Remaining Proceeds: |
$ | 955 | $ | 21,562,945 | ||||
We have agreed to indemnify our broker/dealer of record, the Selling Group Members and selected registered investment advisors, against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act. However, the SEC takes the position that indemnification against liabilities arising under the Securities Act is against public policy and is unenforceable.
In accordance with the rules of FINRA, the table above sets forth the nature and estimated amount of all items that will be viewed as underwriting compensation by FINRA that are anticipated to be paid by us in connection with the offering. The amounts shown assume we sell all the Bonds offered hereby.
It is illegal for us to pay or award any commissions or other compensation to any person engaged by you for investment advice as an inducement to such advisor to advise you to purchase the Bonds; however, nothing herein will prohibit a registered broker-dealer or other properly licensed person from earning a sales commission in connection with a sale of the Bonds.
Discounts for Bonds Purchased by Certain Persons
We may pay reduced or no Broker-Dealer Fees in connection with the sale of Bonds in this offering to:
| | registered principals or representatives of our dealer-manager or a participating broker (and immediate family members of any of the foregoing persons); |
| | our employees, officers and directors or those of our manager, or the affiliates of any of the foregoing entities (and the immediate family members of any of the foregoing persons), any benefit plan established exclusively for the benefit of such persons or entities, and, if approved by our board of directors, joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers; |
| | clients of an investment advisor registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 or under applicable state securities laws (other than any registered investment advisor that is also registered as a broker-dealer, with the exception of clients who have wrap accounts which have asset based fees with such dually registered investment advisor/broker-dealer); or |
| | persons investing in a bank trust account with respect to which the authority for investment decisions made has been delegated to the bank trust department. |
For purposes of the foregoing, immediate family members means such persons spouse, parents, children, brothers, sisters, grandparents, grandchildren and any such person who is so related by marriage such that this includes step- and -in-law relations as well as such persons so related by adoption. In addition, participating brokers contractually obligated to their clients for the payment of fees on terms inconsistent with the terms of acceptance of all or a portion of the Broker-Dealer Fees may elect not to accept all or a portion of such compensation. In that event, such Bonds will be sold to the investor at a per Bond purchase price, net of all or a portion of selling commissions. The net proceeds to us will not be affected by reducing or eliminating Broker-Dealer Fees payable in connection with sales to or through the persons described above. Purchasers purchasing net of some or all of the Broker-Dealer Fees will receive Bonds in principal amount of $1,000 per Bond purchased.
27
Either through this offering or subsequently on any secondary market, affiliates of our Company may buy Bonds if and when they choose. There are no restrictions to these purchases. Affiliates that become Bondholders will have rights on parity with all other Bondholders.
We reserve the right to sell Bonds at a discount of up to ten percent (10%) of the offering price of $1,000 per Bond to certain investors purchasing 100 Bonds or more. Any discounts applied to the purchase price of the Bonds will reduce net proceeds to the Company.
How to Invest
Subscription Agreement
All investors will be required to complete and execute a subscription agreement. The subscription agreement may be submitted in paper form and should be delivered to Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, Attn: Lindsey Wilson, P.O. Box 363, El Segundo, CA 90245. Subscriptions may be also submitted electronically. Generally, when submitting a subscription agreement electronically, a prospective investor will be required to agree to various terms and conditions by checking boxes and to review and electronically sign any necessary documents. You may pay the purchase price for your bonds by check, ACH or wire of your subscription purchase price in accordance with the instructions in the subscription agreement. All checks should be made payable to Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC. We will hold closings on at least a weekly basis assuming there are funds to close. Once a subscription has been submitted and accepted by the Company, an investor will not have the right to request the return of its subscription payment prior to the next closing date. If subscriptions are received on a closing date and accepted by the Company prior to such closing, any such subscriptions will be closed on that closing date. If subscriptions are received on a closing date but not accepted by the Company prior to such closing, any such subscriptions will be closed on the next closing date. It is expected that settlement will occur on the same day as each closing date. If the Company is dissolved or liquidated after the acceptance of a subscription, the respective subscription payment will be returned to the subscriber.
By completing and executing your subscription agreement you will also acknowledge and represent that you have received a copy of this offering circular, you are purchasing the Bonds for your own account and that your rights and responsibilities regarding your Bonds will be governed by the Indenture and the form of Bond certificate each included as an exhibit to this offering circular.
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form
The Bonds purchased will be registered in book-entry form on the books and records of the Company. The ownership of Bonds will be reflected on the books and records of the Company.
Book-Entry Format
Under the book-entry format, the Company, as paying agent, will pay interest or principal payments directly to beneficial owners of Bonds.
The Trustee
UMB Bank, N.A. has agreed to be the trustee under the Indenture. The Indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the trustee, should it become one of our creditors, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions with us and our affiliates.
The Indenture provides that in case an event of default specified in the Indenture shall occur and not be cured, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a reasonable person in
28
the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request of any Bondholder, unless the Bondholder has offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.
Resignation or Removal of the Trustee.
The trustee may resign at any time or may be removed by the holders of a majority of the principal amount of then-outstanding Bonds. In addition, upon the occurrence of contingencies relating generally to the insolvency of the trustee, we may remove the trustee, or a court of competent jurisdiction may remove the trustee, upon petition of a holder of certificates. However, no resignation or removal of the trustee may become effective until a successor trustee has been appointed.
We are offering the Bonds pursuant to an exemption to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or the Trust Indenture Act. As a result, investors in the Bonds will not be afforded the benefits and protections of the Trust Indenture Act. However, in certain circumstances, the Indenture makes reference to the substantive provisions of the Trust Indenture Act.
Registrar and Paying Agent
We have previously designated UMB Bank, N.A. as paying agent and Phoenix American Financial Services, Inc., a California corporation as co-paying agent in respect of Bonds registered to it as record holder. Effective July 18, 2022, the Company is the designated paying agent with respect to the Bonds, and as such, will make payments on the Bonds. The Bonds will be issued in book-entry form only, evidenced by global certificates.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
29
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
General
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC was formed in the state of Delaware on April 16, 2019. As of December 31, 2022, the Company conducts operations from three physical offices located in Irvine, CA, Denver, CO, and Casper, WY respectively.
Phoenix developed a software platform in 2019 to identify, analyze, underwrite, and formally transact in the purchasing of mineral royalty assets. Mineral royalties are contractual obligations at defined royalty rates between an operator that acts as a payor, and a mineral owner. Upon completion of an acquisition, Phoenix becomes the beneficiary of this contract royalty payment, as the mineral owner of record. With respect to the technology platform, the software is used solely for the internal benefit of Phoenix and is not currently licensed to any 3rd party. The analytics driven; automated system incorporates data sets from multiple 3rd party sources through custom APIs that call in refreshed data every 24 hours. Within the system, various dashboards can be accessed to analyze and review granular data sets at the asset level. Internal underwriting criteria generate offers to purchase assets furnished to the Phoenix sales and marketing team based on a discounted cash flow model driven by conservative estimates and inputs as a function of the data analysis and management inputs and assumptions.
From inception until December 31, 2022, Phoenix acquired over 2,364 different mineral assets of which roughly 2,153 remain owned by the Phoenix as of December 31, 2022. Assets that were disposed of were conveyed principally to private equity firms who operate in the vibrant, liquid secondary market.
As of December 31, 2022, the Company database had nearly 318,000 individual records in the current markets of interest which are comprised of the key basins in North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, Colorado, and Texas. The software can incorporate data sets form any basin within the United States, however the addressable market in the focus regions alone is more than sufficient to create significant scale. However, management does anticipate expanding beyond these regions over time.
Phoenix is a private, family and employee-owned company.
Results of Operations For the Years Ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
Phoenix closed its $28 million investment facility on October 28, 2021 with Cortland Credit Lending Corporation. In addition, Phoenix formally launched its Regulation A and D offerings in early 2022 to warm reception. These programs have raised over $83 million in funds as of December 31, 2022 with the trend line of investments in these programs continuing to accelerate. The company views this extraordinary method of capitalizing the Company as a unique competitive advantage to its peers. The addition of this capital into the Companys buy-and-hold strategy coupled with higher commodity pricing seen across the globe have yielded higher revenues than seen in the same period in 2021.
Revenue
Royalty revenues significantly increased in the same period in 2022 in comparison to 2021, as was expected by the increase in capital investment in the Company and the price increase across the global commodity markets ($57,562,966 and $13,568,798, respectively). If our capital raising efforts continue at our recent pace, or increase in pace, Management believes revenues will grow at a similar pace over the next several years as additional capital is deployed and the Company continues to generate compounding revenue streams.
Operating Expenses
The Company recorded operating expenses of $45,037,108 in the annual period ended December 31, 2022, in comparison to $12,928,033 in the same period in 2021. The increases in period over period operating expenses
30
were driven by increased personnel expense, general increased overhead expenses, increased sales and marketing expenditures, and associated professional fees and expenses. The operating expenses of the Company will continually grow in relation to assets in the portfolio due to the relational manner of mineral rights royalties to depletion and various oil and gas taxes and expenses (owner deductions, severance taxes and ad valorem taxes) as well as increased costs of maintaining and improving mineral, leasehold, and capital acquisition systems.
A large portion of the operating expenses of the company are related to future growth as one example, advertising for mineral, leasehold, and capital acquisition in 2022 increased over 23 times the similar expense line item in 2021. This expense, when isolated, is targeted at future growth for the company, while the expense is incurred in the present period.
Net Loss
The Company recorded a net loss of $702,676 in the annual period ending December 31, 2022 and $659,546 for the same period in 2021. The company expects to operate at a net income (again) starting as early as 2023. The company expects revenues to increase in greater proportion to expenses as the company continues to leverage its competitive advantages over the industry. In addition, the company invested over $72.5 million in assets and drilling projects in the second half of 2022, the majority of which will begin contributing revenues in 2023.
EBITDA
The Company significantly increased the EBITDA generated to $24,624,013 for the annual period ending December 31, 2022 in comparison to the same period from 2021 of $6,617,914. The increased EBITDA is attributable to the increased capital available to the company to invest in attractive oil and gas projects, along with an increased commodity pricing around the globe. The company expects EBITDA to continue to grow, period-over-period.
EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure used by management and by external users of financial statements such as investors, research analysts, and others, to assess the financial performance of our assets and their ability to sustain distributions over the long term without regard to financing methods, capital structure, or historical cost basis. EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation, depletion, and amortization. EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss), income from operations, cash flows from operating activities, or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of financial performance. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure. The computation of EBITDA may differ from computations of similarly titled measures of other companies.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
As of December 31, 2022, the Company had cash and receivables of $8,977,552 and total current liabilities of $80,456,971 comprised primarily of accounts payable, maturing Bonds, Pari Passu Obligations and the Cortland facility which was due to mature on April 28, 2023, however, the Cortland facility was termed out over a 10 month amortization and then refinancing with the ANB Loan. If necessary, the Company may sell assets in order to generate cash. The Company intends to continue to rely on its cash from operations and ability to incur additional indebtedness for its short and long term liquidity.
Plan of Operations
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings plans on engaging in the continued acquisition of mineral and leasehold assets over the course of the next 12 months. In the opinion of management, based on historical profitability, positive cash flows, and the prospective investment, that the aggregate liquidity resources available to the
31
Company are sufficient to meet its ongoing and prospective capital needs to continue to execute the business plan. Fixed overhead is not anticipated to materially increase, and resources from this offering and those available from organic and existing sources, will largely be deployed in the continued purchase of mineral assets.
Trend Information
The Company is excited and encouraged by the success of its capital raising program. The company believes it has two very powerful competitive advantages to its peers, its industry-leading underwriting software and its unique (in the Companys industry) successful capital raising program. Management believes that coupling those competitive advantages will create a sustainable and attractive growth vehicle that can elevate the Company to an industry leader in the mineral rights and non-operated working interest domain. The size and scale of the Company at the end of 2022 allow the Company to evaluate drilling its own leasehold assets, allowing the Company to further control its cashflow and capitalize upon prospective opportunities.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
32
GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT OUR COMPANY
Our Company
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, was formed on April 23, 2019, to purchase mineral rights and non-operated working interests in the United States, primarily in the Williston Basin, the Permian Basin, the Powder River, and the DJ Basin, using the Companys proprietary software system to identify unique opportunities. Although the Company has targeted specific regions, we are agnostic to geography and look to focus exclusively on the best bang for the buck when determining which assets to buy. The more area the Company can cover, the more we can ensure we are achieving the optimal return for invested capital.
The Company focuses on assets that present high near-term predictable cashflow. This analysis includes the geography of the asset, the probability of future oil wells and predictability of both the timing and value of the cashflow. Using the proprietary software that the Company has developed internally, the Company is typically able to achieve an average payback period of 9-30 months on assets it buys. Additionally, the Company employs a tax-efficient strategy of offsetting royalty income through use of intangible drilling costs (non-operated working interests).
We have developed a highly customized and proprietary software platform which has customized inputs that pull in detailed land and title data, well level data including operator, production metrics, well status, date of all activities well specific activities, and historical reporting. Separately, a discounted cash flow model, using management inputs for discount rate and the price of oil, are used in an underwriting function to price assets. Various application programming interfaces (APIs) pull data from 3rd party databases and aggregate them into a dashboard with various levels of permission for our team. These APIs call-in refreshed data each night at midnight, so the dynamic nature of the system creates efficiency on a day-to-day basis. In function, this tool provides our sales and marketing team with a summary version of assets to prospect for acquisition. These assets are graded internally based on managements desired target criteria for high probability of high near-term cash flows. A daily acquisition price is furnished to the sales team so that the sales team is informed as to the maximum price that we are willing to offer in any prospective transaction. Interested prospects then go through an automated document request using the Salesforce workflow, which distributes the opportunities to our operations team for the preparation of an offering and sale package. The offering and sale package is then delivered to the prospective seller. Using the CRM features, the sales team is able to record all notes in real time and each opportunity can be tracked from its original data upload through the lifecycle of the sales process. While the data inputs are largely based on public information, considerable customization and coding has been done specific to what we desire from the tool. This aggregate, niche, scalable software platform is specific to us and there is no known competitive product. As such, the software creates considerable intrinsic value to operational efficiencies, however, also has de-facto value should it ever be licensed or sold. We currently have no intention of licensing or selling the software.
The Company does not own any copyright, patent rights or any other intellectual property rights regarding its customized software platform; however, the Company believes the investment of significant monetary and intellectual resources have created a proprietary software platform that would be difficult to replicate. See Risk Factors Risks Related to Our Business and Industry.
Organizationally, the Company is broken into five departments made up of land and title, operations, technology, sales and marketing, and finance. Each business unit collaborates both internally and with the other departments to create both autonomy and a team environment. The Company maintains a combined domestic headcount of 51 employees and contractors.
33
Our Properties
Wells
The following table sets forth information about the wells in which we have a mineral or royalty interest as of December 31, 2022:
| Well Count | ||||||||
| Basin or Producing Region |
Gross | Net | ||||||
| Bakken/Williston Basin |
2,162 | 9.89 | ||||||
| DJ Basin/Rockies/Niobrara |
270 | 5.93 | ||||||
| Permian Basin |
357 | 0.78 | ||||||
| Other |
19 | 0.03 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
2,808 | 16.60 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Oil and Natural Gas Data
Evaluation and Review of Estimated Proved Reserves
Our historical reserve estimates as of December 31, 2022 were prepared by Kent Lina, PE of Kent B. Lina, LLC and Brandon Allen, our Senior Reservoir Engineer.
Mr. Kent Lina, PE forecasted the oil and gas volumes for each well associated with our holdings while Brandon Allen analyzed and aggregated the remaining inputs and compiled the reserve report. Following the completion of this offering, we anticipate that Mr. Brandon Allen will be primarily responsible for the preparation of our reserves. In addition, we anticipate that the preparation of our proved reserve estimates are completed in accordance with internal control procedures, including the following:
| | Review and verification of historical production data, which data is based on actual production as reported by the operators of our properties; |
| | Preparation of reserves estimates by Mr. Brandon Allen or under his direct supervision; |
| | Review by Mr. Brandon Allen and Mr. Curtis Allen, our CFO, of all of our reported proved reserves at the close of the calendar year, including the review of all significant reserve changes and all new proved undeveloped reserves additions; |
| | Verification of property ownership by our land department; and |
| | No employees compensation is tied to the amount of reserves booked. |
Under SEC rules, proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically produciblefrom a given date forward, from known reservoirs and under existing economic conditions, operating methods and government regulationsprior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. If deterministic methods are used, the SEC has defined reasonable certainty for proved reserves as a high degree of confidence that the quantities will be recovered. All of our proved reserves as of December 31, 2022 were estimated using a deterministic method. The estimation of reserves involves two distinct determinations. The first determination results in the estimation of the quantities of recoverable oil and gas and the second determination results in the estimation of the uncertainty associated with those estimated quantities in accordance with the definitions established under SEC rules. The process of estimating the quantities of recoverable oil and gas reserves relies on the use of certain generally accepted analytical procedures. These analytical procedures fall into three broad categories or methods: (1) performance-based methods, (2) volumetric-based methods and (3) analogy. These methods may be used singularly or in
34
combination by the reserve evaluator in the process of estimating the quantities of reserves. The proved reserves for our properties were estimated by performance methods, analogy or a combination of both methods. All proved producing reserves attributable to producing wells were estimated by performance methods. These performance methods include, but may not be limited to, decline curve analysis, which utilized extrapolations of available historical production and pressure data. All proved developed non-producing reserves were estimated by the analogy method.
The following table presents our estimated proved oil and natural gas reserves as of December 31, 2022:
| December 31, 2022 1 | ||||
| Estimated proved developed reserves |
||||
| Oil (Bbl) |
3,691,722 | |||
| Natural Gas (Mcf) |
7,624,212 | |||
| Total (Boe)(6:1) 2 |
4,962,424 | |||
| Estimated proved undeveloped reserves |
||||
| Oil (Bbl) |
| |||
| Natural Gas (Mcf) |
| |||
| Total (Boe)(6:1) 2 |
| |||
| Estimated proved reserves |
||||
| Oil (Bbl) |
3,691,722 | |||
| Natural Gas (Mcf) |
7,624,212 | |||
| Total (Boe)(6:1) 2 |
4,962,424 | |||
| Percent proved developed |
100 | % | ||
| (1) | Estimates of reserves as of December 31, 2022 were prepared using an average price equal to the unweighted arithmetic average of hydrocarbon prices received on a field-by-field basis on the first day of each month within the year ended December 31, 2022, in accordance with SEC guidelines applicable to reserve estimates as of the end of such period. The unweighted arithmetic average first day of the month prices were $94.14 per Bbl for oil and $6.357 per MMBtu for natural gas at December 31, 2022. Reserve estimates do not include any value for probable or possible reserves that may exist, nor do they include any value for undeveloped acreage. The reserve estimates represent our net revenue interest in our properties. Although we believe these estimates are reasonable, actual future production, cash flows, taxes, development expenditures, production costs and quantities of recoverable oil and natural gas reserves may vary substantially from these estimates. |
| (2) | Estimated proved reserves are presented on an oil-equivalent basis using a conversion of six Mcf per barrel of "oil equivalent." This conversion is based on energy equivalence and not price or value equivalence. If a price equivalent conversion based on the twelve-month average prices for the year ended December 31, 2022 was used, the conversion factor would be approximately 14.8 Mcf per Bbl of oil. |
35
Oil and Natural Gas Production Prices and Production Costs
Production and Price History
The following table sets forth information regarding production of oil and natural gas and certain price and cost information for each of the periods indicated:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | 2020 | ||||||||||
| Production Data (All Properties): |
||||||||||||
| Oil (Bbl) |
523,416 | 203,532 | 122,538 | |||||||||
| Natural Gas (Mcf) |
1,058,506 | 452,293 | 245,076 | |||||||||
| Total (Boe)(6:1) 1 |
699,834 | 278,914 | 163,384 | |||||||||
| Average daily production (Boe/d)(6:1) |
1,917 | 764 | 448 | |||||||||
| Average Realized Prices: |
||||||||||||
| Oil (Bbl) |
$ | 91.01 | $ | 67.46 | $ | 45.87 | ||||||
| Natural Gas (Mcf) |
$ | 6.66 | $ | 2.77 | $ | 0.68 | ||||||
| Average Unit Cost per Boe (6:1): |
||||||||||||
| Operating costs, production and ad valorem taxes |
$ | 19.89 | $ | 13.18 | $ | 9.02 | ||||||
| % of Revenue |
21.9 | % | 19.5 | % | 19.7 | % | ||||||
| (1) | "Btu-equivalent" production volumes are presented on an oil-equivalent basis using a conversion factor of six Mcf of natural gas per barrel of "oil equivalent," which is based on approximate energy equivalency and does not reflect the price or value relationship between oil and natural gas. |
Productive Wells
Productive wells consist of producing wells, wells capable of production, and exploratory, development, or extension wells that are not dry wells. As of December 31, 2022, we owned mineral or royalty interests in 2,808 productive wells, the majority of which are primarily oil wells which produce natural gas and natural gas liquids as well.
Drilling Results
As of December 31, 2022, the operators of our properties had drilled 2,808 gross productive development wells on the acreage underlying our mineral and royalty interests. As a holder of mineral and royalty interests, we generally are not provided information as to whether any wells drilled on the properties underlying our acreage are classified as exploratory. We are not aware of any dry holes drilled on the acreage underlying our mineral and royalty interests during the relevant periods.
36
Acreage
Mineral and Royalty Interests
The following tables set forth information relating to the acreage underlying our mineral interests as of December 31, 2022:
| Net Mineral Interests | ||||||||||||
| Basin |
Developed Acreage | Undeveloped Acreage | Total Acreage | |||||||||
| Bakken/Williston Basin |
11,945 | 10,103 | 22,048 | |||||||||
| DJ Basin/Rockies/Niobrara/PRB |
2,711 | 6,393 | 9,104 | |||||||||
| Permian Basin |
348 | 254 | 603 | |||||||||
| Other |
150 | 4,326 | 4,476 | |||||||||
| Total Net Mineral Interest |
15,154 | 21,076 | 36,231 | |||||||||
| Gross Mineral Interests | ||||||||||||
| Basin |
Developed Acreage | Undeveloped Acreage | Total Acreage | |||||||||
| Bakken/Williston Basin |
712,320 | 105,600 | 817,920 | |||||||||
| DJ Basin/Rockies/Niobrara/PRB |
87,680 | 62,720 | 150,400 | |||||||||
| Permian Basin |
83,200 | 22,400 | 105,600 | |||||||||
| Other |
10,240 | 113,920 | 124,160 | |||||||||
| Total Gross Mineral Interest |
893,440 | 304,640 | 1,198,080 | |||||||||
The methodology for computing the gross mineral acreage associated with our net mineral interest holdings was modified from June 30, 2022. This new methodology changed the estimation of the acreage associated with the drilling spacing unit (DSU) of each development well drilled on our underlying mineral interest holdings.
Summary of the ANB Commercial Credit Agreement
The Company, PhoenixOP, and ANB entered into the Credit Agreement dated as of July 24, 2023 for the provision of the ANB Loan. The current outstanding principal balance under the ANB Loan is $30,000,000. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the ANB Loan to pay off its prior senior indebtedness with Cortland Credit Corporation (Cortland). The ANB Loan is full drawn. The ANB Loan shall bear interest at a floating rate equal to the prime rate published by the Wall Street Journal plus 3.00%, subject to a floor of 9.00%. Interest accrued on the outstanding balance shall be payable on the 24th of each month and will be calculated on the basis of a calendar year of 365 days or 366 days. The maturity date of the ANB Loan is July 24, 2024. All principal will be due and payable at maturity so long as the Company maintains a sufficient borrowing base under the Credit Agreement. As general and continuing security for the due payment and performance of the ANB Loan, the Company has granted ANB a first priority lien over mineral interests and personal property owned by the Company.
Summary of PCGH I Line of Credit Loan Agreement
We intend to enter into a Line of Credit Loan Agreement with our subsidiary Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC (PCGHI) (the Credit Loan Agreement) in the form filed as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this offering circular is a past. To secure the loan from PCGHI (the PCGHI Loan), the Company agreed to enter into mortgages for various oil and gas properties owned by the Company throughout the United States. See Certain Related Party Transactions for more information.
Unsecured Debt Obligations
As of the date of this offering circular, we are offering up to $772,579,000 of unsecured indebtedness in offerings exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. This amount is comprised of
37
$22,579,000 of Bonds offered pursuant to this offering and $750,000,000 of the August 2023 Subordinated Reg D Bonds being offered pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. As of August 31, 2023, we have $65,672,173 in outstanding unsecured Regulations A debt obligations, $225,956,944 in outstanding unsecured Regulation D debt obligations, and $30,000,000 outstanding under the ANB Loan. Our Unsecured Debt Obligations have maturities ranging from September 30, 2023 to August 31, 2030 and interest rates ranging from 7.5% to 15.0%. The Pari Passu Obligations and the Bonds rank pari passu. The Subordinated Reg D Bonds are subordinate to the Bonds. See Company Structure Chart.
Set forth below is a chart of our outstanding unsecured Debt Obligations as of August 31, 2023.
| Offering Type/Series Name |
Offering Commencement |
Principal Amount Outstanding |
Term | Earliest Maturity |
Latest Maturity |
Interest Rate |
||||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(b)* |
7/20/2020 | $ | 2,958,695 | 1-4 years | 12/1/23 | 8/15/2024 | 6.5%-15% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c)* |
10/22/2020 | $ | 5,918,033 | 1-4 years | 1/1/24 | 7/1/2024 | 6.5%-15% | |||||||||||||||||
| Regulation A |
12/23/2021 | $ | 65,672,173 | 3 years | 1/31/25 | 5/31/2026 | 9% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series A and Series B* |
7/20/2022 | $ | 15,382,490 | 5 years | 7/31/27 | 12/31/2027 | 11% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series C* |
7/22/2022 | $ | 3,295,000 | 9 months | 9/30/23 | 9/30/2023 | 8%-9% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series AAA** |
12/22/2022 | $ | 6,648,166 | 9 months | 9/30/23 | 5/31/2024 | 8% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series A** |
12/22/2022 | $ | 56,303,587 | 1 year | 1/31/24 | 8/31/2024 | 9% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series B** |
12/22/2022 | $ | 25,280,388 | 3 years | 1/31/26 | 8/31/2026 | 10% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series C** |
12/22/2022 | $ | 14,307,999 | 5 years | 1/31/28 | 8/31/2028 | 11% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series D** |
12/22/2022 | $ | 95,817,646 | 7 years | 1/31/30 | 8/31/2030 | 12% | |||||||||||||||||
| Rule 506(c) Series V** |
8/29/2023 | $ | 100,000 | 3 years | 7/31/26 | 7/31/26 | 10% | |||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| Total |
$ | 291,684,177 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
| * | Pari Passu Obligations |
| ** | Subordinated Reg D Bonds |
Market Opportunity
We focus on specific subsets of mineral and leasehold assets in the United States. From a market perspective, we focus on high, attractive and defined basins, currently serviced by top-tier operators, with assets that we believe will generate high near-term cash flow. All the assets which we seek to acquire are purchased at what management believes are attractive price points and have a liquidity profile that is desirable in the secondary market. The assets we seek to acquire have near term payback and long-term residual cash flow upside.
Business Strategy
We have developed a process for the identification, acquisition and monetization of our assets. Below is a general illustration of our process:
| 1. | Our proprietary software provides market intelligence to identify and rank potential assets. We believe this is our core competitive advantage because we are able to identify and unlock value with our proprietary technology that may otherwise be missed. |
| 2. | We make contact with the owner of the asset and begin the conversation on how we can help unlock value of the property for the owner. |
| 3. | We provide the potential seller with a packet detailing the Company, industry data, property valuation and an all-cash offer based on the valuation. |
38
| 4. | Our sales team engages the potential seller to discuss the terms of the sale and the value of the property. |
| 5. | We handle the closing of the property and the property is migrated to our portfolio. |
| 6. | We utilize our land rights to immediately extract natural resources from the property using our trusted third-party operator network. Our proprietary technology, which originally identified the potential natural resource capability of the land, allows us to immediately create cash flow from the property through the extraction of the natural resource using the operator. |
| 7. | We collect a portion of the revenue generated from the natural resources extracted and sold by the third-party operator. Our share of the revenue depends on the type of asset, either mineral rights or non-operated working interests, and our contract with the third-party operator. |
| 8. | We continue to operate the property to extract the minerals through third-party operators until we decide to sell the property rights typically for many multiples than our original purchase price. |
Separate from the ordinary royalty income assets, we maintain a structural discipline to participate in non-operated working interests, in part for their tax benefits. Due to favorable IRS treatment, marrying this asset class to our pure royalty income creates an augmented write off strategy whereby the balanced portfolio effectively creates little to no annual taxable income. The Company is data driven. The Companys software platform applies managements criteria to catalogs of data points to automate 95% of business functions while also allowing for robust reporting. The goal is to give the sales and marketing team the best information, quickly, to execute on managements acquisition strategy targeting high value assets. The system allows for adjusted focus based on size and region very efficiently as the Company grows and scales into new markets and price-points using the same fundamental underlying guidelines. Functionally, these transactions are very similar to traditional real estate transactions with respect to the mechanics. A seller agrees to sell to us, a purchase and sale agreement is executed, earnest money is conveyed, manual diligence and title review is conducted as an audit function prior to closing. Upon closing the funds are conveyed to the seller and the title is recorded in the respective jurisdiction by us. At this point, the operator is directed to convey all future payments to us at the defined rate. In most cases, our interaction with the operator is more administrative and clerical in nature unless it is a working interest or an alternative scenario. Assets can produce for upwards of 20 years, however there is a considerable regression/depletion curve that commences over the life of the asset. As such, we tend to focus on wells that have recently began producing, or are likely to have new production in the near term. we focus on a closed loop process from discovery to acquisition to long term balance sheet ownership. The recurring nature of these cash flows allows for considerable scale without material increases in fixed overhead.
Phoenix Operating
While the Company anticipates that extraction activities at its assets will continue to be primarily performed by third parties for the next 12 to 18 months, the Company has formed Phoenix Operating, LLC (PhoenixOp), a wholly-owned subsidiary, to drill and operate producing wells on oil and gas properties contributed to it by the Company. PhoenixOp has its own employees. The Company is and will remain the sole voting member and manager of PhoenixOp, and retains the substantial majority of the economic interest in PhoenixOp, subject only to a small number of minority, non-voting membership interests in PhoenixOp granted by PhoenixOp to its employees. The Company and PhoenixOp have projected PhoenixOps capital needs over the next 12 months to be approximately $150,000,000 in order to execute its intended business plan. Our Company expects that such capital needs will be met from a combination of capital contributions to PhoenixOP from our Company, PhoenixOps cash from operations once it commences such operations, and financing procured by PhoenixOp, if any. It is expected that PhoenixOps capital needs will initially be met solely by capital contributions from our Company, which we expect to fund from a combination of one or more of cash from operations, the proceeds from our unregistered debt offerings, the proceeds of the PCGHI Loan, the proceeds of debt procured by any future subsidiary lender to our Company, and the ANB Loan. We intend to make such capital contributions to PhoenixOp to finance its operations, until such time as PhoenixOp receives its own financing or has sufficient cash from operations to operate without financing from our Company. As of August 31, 2023 we had made approximately $2.2 million in cash capital contributions to PhoenixOp. While PhoenixOp may procure its own
39
financing in the future there is no definitive plan with respect to the same and neither PhoenixOp nor the Company or any affiliate have entered into any arrangement with a third party for the provision of financing to PhoenixOp. The Company will also contribute oil and gas properties (but not those subject to our subordinate mortgage interests) to PhoenixOp from time to time as capital contributions. It is anticipated these contributed properties will be the drilling projects undertaken by PhoenixOp. PhoenixOp expects to begin operations in September 2023, subject to the availability of financing; however, we do not expect PhoenixOp to conduct extraction operations on a material amount of the Companys oil and gas properties until the first quarter of 2024 at the earliest.
Liquidity and Track Record
There is currently no public trading market for any of our securities, and an active market may not develop or be sustained. If an active public trading market for our securities does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult or impossible for you to resell your interests at any price. Even if a public market does develop, the market price could decline below the amount you paid for your interests.
The Companys management team has not sponsored any prior programs, and so does not have any prior program history.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
40
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Bonds, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all potential tax consequences. The discussion is based upon the Code, current, temporary and proposed U.S. Treasury regulations issued under the Code, or collectively the Treasury Regulations, the legislative history of the Code, IRS rulings, pronouncements, interpretations and practices, and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change at any time. Any such change may be applied retroactively in a manner that could adversely affect a Bondholder. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a holder in light of such Bondholders particular circumstances or to Bondholders subject to special rules, including, without limitation:
| | a broker-dealer or a dealer in securities or currencies; |
| | an S corporation; |
| | a bank, thrift or other financial institution; |
| | a regulated investment company or a real estate investment trust; |
| | an insurance company |
| | a tax-exempt organization; |
| | a person subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code; |
| | a person holding the Bonds as part of a hedge, straddle, conversion, integrated or other risk reduction or constructive sale transaction; |
| | a partnership or other pass-through entity; |
| | a person deemed to sell the Bonds under the constructive sale provisions of the Code; |
| | a U.S. person whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar; or |
| | a U.S. expatriate or former long-term resident. |
In addition, this discussion is limited to persons that purchase the Bonds in this offering for cash and that hold the Bonds as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address the effect of any applicable state, local, non-U.S. or other tax laws, including gift and estate tax laws.
As used herein, U.S. Holder means a beneficial owner of the Bonds that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
| | an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.; |
| | a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia; |
| | an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or |
| | a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons that have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person. |
If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds the Bonds, the tax treatment of an owner of the entity generally will depend upon the status of the particular owner and the activities of the entity. If you are an owner of an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Bonds.
41
We have not sought and will not seek any rulings from the IRS with respect to the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a different position concerning the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the Bonds or that any such position would not be sustained.
THIS SUMMARY OF MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF THE TAX CONSIDERATIONS DISCUSSED BELOW TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS, POTENTIAL CHANGES IN APPLICABLE TAX LAWS AND THE APPLICATION OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAX LAWS, INCLUDING GIFT AND ESTATE TAX LAWS, AND ANY TAX TREATIES.
U.S. Holders
Interest
U.S. Holder generally will be required to recognize and include in gross income any stated interest as ordinary income at the time it is paid or accrued on the Bonds in accordance with such holders method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Sale or Other Taxable Disposition of the Bonds
A U.S. Holder will recognize gain or loss on the sale, exchange, redemption (including a partial redemption), retirement or other taxable disposition of a Bond equal to the difference between the sum of the cash and the fair market value of any property received in exchange therefore (less a portion allocable to any accrued and unpaid stated interest, which generally will be taxable as ordinary income if not previously included in such holders income) and the U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in the Bond. A U.S. Holders adjusted tax basis in a Bond (or a portion thereof) generally will be the U.S. Holders cost therefore decreased by any payment on the Bond other than a payment of qualified stated interest. This gain or loss will generally constitute capital gain or loss. In the case of a non-corporate U.S. Holder, including an individual, if the Bond has been held for more than one year, such capital gain may be subject to reduced federal income tax rates. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.
Medicare Tax
Certain individuals, trusts and estates are subject to a Medicare tax of 3.8% on the lesser of (i) net investment income, or (ii) the excess of modified adjusted gross income over a threshold amount. Net investment income generally includes interest income and net gains from the disposition of Bonds, unless such interest payments or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of the Medicare tax on their ownership and disposition of Bonds in light of their individual circumstances.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
A U.S. Holder may be subject to information reporting and backup withholding when such holder receives interest and principal payments on the Bonds or proceeds upon the sale or other disposition of such Bonds (including a redemption or retirement of the Bonds). Certain holders (including, among others, corporations and certain tax-exempt organizations) generally are not subject to information reporting or backup withholding. A U.S. Holder will be subject to backup withholding if such holder is not otherwise exempt and:
| | such holder fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number, or TIN, which, for an individual is ordinarily his or her social security number; |
42
| | the IRS notifies the payor that such holder furnished an incorrect TIN; |
| | in the case of interest payments such holder is notified by the IRS of a failure to properly report payments of interest or dividends; |
| | in the case of interest payments, such holder fails to certify, under penalties of perjury, that such holder has furnished a correct TIN and that the IRS has not notified such holder that it is subject to backup withholding; or |
| | such holder does not otherwise establish an exemption from backup withholding. |
A U.S. Holder should consult its tax advisor regarding its qualification for an exemption from backup withholding and the procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if applicable. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the holders U.S. federal income tax liability or may be refunded, provided the required information is furnished in a timely manner to the IRS.
Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
43
The following is a summary of material considerations arising under ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code that may be relevant to a prospective investor, including plans and arrangements subject to the fiduciary rules of ERISA and plans or entities that hold assets of such plans (ERISA Plans); plans and accounts that are not subject to ERISA but are subject to the prohibited transaction rules of Section 4975 of the Code, including IRAs, Keogh plans, and medical savings accounts (together with ERISA Plans, Benefit Plans or Benefit Plan Investors); and governmental plans, church plans, and foreign plans that are exempt from ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code but that may be subject to state law or other requirements, which we refer to as Other Plans. This discussion does not address all the aspects of ERISA, the Code or other laws that may be applicable to a Benefit Plan or Other Plan, in light of their particular circumstances.
In considering whether to invest a portion of the assets of a Benefit Plan or Other Plan, fiduciaries should consider, among other things, whether the investment:
| | will be consistent with applicable fiduciary obligations; |
| | will be in accordance with the documents and instruments covering the investments by such plan, including its investment policy; |
| | in the case of an ERISA plan, will satisfy the prudence and diversification requirements of Sections 404(a)(1)(B) and 404(a)(1)(C) of ERISA, if applicable, and other provisions of the Code and ERISA; |
| | will impair the liquidity of the Benefit Plan or Other Plan; |
| | will result in unrelated business taxable income to the plan; and |
| | will provide sufficient liquidity, as there may be only a limited or no market to sell or otherwise dispose of our Bonds. |
ERISA and the corresponding provisions of the Code prohibit a wide range of transactions involving the assets of the Benefit Plan and persons who have specified relationships to the Benefit Plan, who are parties in interest within the meaning of ERISA and, disqualified persons within the meaning of the Code. Thus, a designated plan fiduciary of a Benefit Plan considering an investment in our shares should also consider whether the acquisition or the continued holding of our shares might constitute or give rise to a prohibited transaction. Fiduciaries of Other Plans should satisfy themselves that the investment is in accord with applicable law.
Section 3(42) of ERISA and regulations issued by the Department of Labor, or DOL, provide guidance on the definition of plan assets under ERISA. These regulations also apply under the Code for purposes of the prohibited transaction rules. Under the regulations, if a plan acquires an equity interest in an entity which is neither a publicly-offered security nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act, the plans assets would include both the equity interest and an undivided interest in each of the entitys underlying assets unless an exception from the plan asset regulations applies.
We do not believe the DOLs plan assets guidelines apply to our Bonds or our Company because our Bonds are debt securities and not equity interests in us.
If the underlying assets of our Company were treated by the Department of Labor as plan assets, the management of our Company would be treated as fiduciaries with respect to Benefit Plan Bondholders and the prohibited transaction restrictions of ERISA and the Code could apply to transactions involving our assets and transactions with parties in interest (as defined in ERISA) or disqualified persons (as defined in Section 4975 of the Code) with respect to Benefit Plan Bondholders. If the underlying assets of our Company were treated as plan assets, an investment in our Company also might constitute an improper delegation of fiduciary responsibility to our Company under ERISA and expose the ERISA Plan fiduciary to co-fiduciary liability under ERISA and might result in an impermissible commingling of plan assets with other property.
44
If a prohibited transaction were to occur, an excise tax equal to 15% of the amount involved would be imposed under the Code, with an additional 100% excise tax if the prohibited transaction is not corrected. Such taxes will be imposed on any disqualified person who participates in the prohibited transaction. In addition, other fiduciaries of Benefit Plan Bondholders subject to ERISA who permitted such prohibited transaction to occur or who otherwise breached their fiduciary responsibilities, could be required to restore to the plan any losses suffered by the ERISA Plan or any profits realized by these fiduciaries as a result of the transaction or beach. With respect to an IRA or similar account that invests in our Company, the occurrence of a prohibited transaction involving the individual who established the IRA, or his or her beneficiary, would cause the IRA to lose its tax-exempt status. In that event, the IRA or other account owner generally would be taxed on the fair market value of all the assets in the account as of the first day of the owners taxable year in which the prohibited transaction occurred.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
45
This description sets forth certain terms of the Bonds that we are offering pursuant to this offering circular. In this section we use capitalized words to signify terms that are specifically defined in the Indenture, by and between us and UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee, or the trustee. We refer you to the Indenture for a full disclosure of all such terms, as well as any other capitalized terms used in this offering circular for which no definition is provided.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every aspect of the Bonds or the Indenture. We urge you to read the Indenture carefully and in its entirety because that document and not this summary defines your rights as a Bondholders. Please review a copy of the Indenture. The Indenture is filed as an exhibit to the offering statement, of which this offering circular is a part, at www.sec.gov. You may also obtain a copy of the Indenture from us without charge. See Where You Can Find More Information for more information. You may also review the Indenture at the trustees corporate trust office at 928 Grand Blvd., 12th Floor, Kansas City, Missouri 64106.
Ranking
The Bonds are unsecured indebtedness of our Company and rank pari passu with our other unsecured indebtedness, including the Pari Passu Obligations, and superior to our Subordinated Reg D Bonds. The Bonds would rank junior to any of our secured indebtedness including the indebtedness outstanding under our Credit Agreement. The Company is conducting an offering of its Subordinated Reg D Bonds that is being offered and sold pursuant to Rule 506(c) of Regulation D. The Subordinated Reg D Bonds rank junior to the Bonds sold in this Regulation A offering.
Subordination
The indebtedness evidenced by the Bonds is subordinated to any debt outstanding under the Companys ANB Loan with respect to the collateral pledged under the Credit Agreement. The Bonds will also be subordinate to any debt outstanding under the Companys Credit Loan Agreement with respect to any collateral pledged and any future secured indebtedness of the Company.
Because of this subordination, if the Company dissolves or otherwise liquidates, Bondholders may receive less, ratably, than ANB, PCGHI or any other future secured lender. The Trustee may pursue its rights under the Indenture in the event of default; however, the Companys secured lenders, including PCGHI and ANB, have senior positions with respect to the collateral pledged under their respective credit and security agreements. As a result, the Trustee may not be able to exercise remedies with respect to some or all of the assets collateralizing the ANB and PCGHI Loans under the respective credit and security agreements upon an Event of Default which may result in Bondholders incurring losses that may have otherwise been avoided it the company had no secured lenders. See Risk Factors - Risks Related to the Bonds and to this Offering for more information.
Interest and Maturity
The Bonds will each be offered serially, over a maximum period of 3 years, starting from December 23, 2021, with the sole difference between the series being their respective maturity dates. Each series of Bonds beginning with Series A will correspond to a particular closing. Each series of Bonds will mature on the third anniversary of the initial issuance date of such series. Interest on the Bonds will be paid in equal monthly installments to the record holders of the Bonds on the 10th day of each month, or if any day is not a business day, the next business day, thereafter until the Bonds have been repaid in full or are otherwise no longer outstanding.
The Company may elect to extend the maturity date of the Bonds for up to two additional one-year periods in the Companys sole discretion. If the Company elects to extend the maturity date of the Bonds, the Bonds will
46
bear interest at 10.0% per annum during the first one-year extension period and will bear interest at 11.0% per annum during the second one-year extension period. Each such extension would constitute a new offering for the purpose of the registration requirements of the Securities Act and, as such, would be required to be registered or conducted pursuant to an exemption from registration. Any such subsequent offering conducted pursuant to Regulation A would count against the aggregate dollar limitations in Rule 251(a) of Regulation A. The Company and Bondholders may elect to redeem all or a portion of the Bonds according to the terms set forth herein.
With respect to the maturity or extension thereto of a Bond, the Company will send to the Trustee and each holder of such a Bond a notice of maturity, no more than 240 days and no less than 180 days prior to a maturity date for any Bond, notifying the holder of the Bond of the Bonds pending maturity and that the maturity of the Bond will or will not be extended.
Manner of Offering
The offering is being made on a commercially reasonable efforts basis through our broker/dealer of record. We reserve the right to conduct future sales through other Selling Group Members. Our broker/dealer of record will not be required to purchase any of the Bonds.
THE REQUIRED INTEREST PAYMENTS AND PRINCIPAL PAYMENT ARE NOT A GUARANTY OF ANY RETURN TO YOU NOR ARE THEY A GUARANTY OF THE RETURN OF YOUR INVESTED CAPITAL. While our Company is required to make interest payments and principal payment as described in the Indenture and above, we do not intend to establish a sinking fund to fund such payments. Therefore, our ability to honor these obligations will be subject to our ability to generate sufficient cash flow or procure additional financing in order to fund those payments. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow or procure additional financing to honor these obligations, we may be forced to sell some or all of the Companys assets to fund the payments. We cannot guarantee that the proceeds from any such sale will be sufficient to make the payments in their entirety or at all. If we cannot fund the above payments, Bondholders will have claims against us with respect to such violation as further described under the Indenture.
Optional Redemption at Election of Bondholder
The Bonds will be redeemable at the election of the Bondholder beginning anytime following the last issuance date of the series of Bonds held by the Bondholder, or the Optional Redemption. In order to request redemption, the Bondholder must provide written notice to us at our principal place of business that the Bondholder requests redemption of all or a portion of the Bondholders Bonds, or a Notice of Redemption.
Redemptions made pursuant to the Optional Redemption of the Bonds shall be at a price equal to $950 plus all accrued but unpaid interest per Bond. We will have 120 days from the date the applicable Notice of Optional Redemption is provided to redeem the requesting Bondholders Bonds, subject to the limitations set forth in the Bond. Our obligation to redeem Bonds with respect to Notices of Redemption received in any given Redemption Period (as defined below) is limited to an aggregate principal amount of Bonds equal to 10% of the aggregate principal of Bonds under the Indenture on the most recent of January 1st, April 1st, July 1st or October 1st of the applicable year while the Offering is open, and January 1st of the applicable year, following the offering termination. or the 10% Limit. Any Bonds redeemed as a result of a Bondholders right upon death, disability or bankruptcy will be included in calculating the 10% Limit and will thus reduce the number of Bonds available to be redeemed pursuant to Optional Redemption.
Our obligation to redeem Bonds in any given year pursuant to this redemption is limited to 10% of the outstanding principal balance of the Bonds, in the aggregate, on the most recent of January 1st, April 1st, July 1st or October 1st of the applicable year while the Offering is open, and January 1st of the applicable year, following the offering termination. In addition, any Bonds redeemed as a result of a Bondholders right upon death, disability or
47
bankruptcy, will be included in calculating the 10% Limit and will thus reduce the number of Bonds, in the aggregate, to be redeemed pursuant to the redemption. Bond redemptions will occur in the order that notices are received.
Redemption Upon Death, Disability or Bankruptcy
Within 90 days of the death, disability or bankruptcy of a Bondholder who is a natural person, the estate of such Bondholder, or legal representative of such Bondholder may request that we repurchase, in whole but not in part and without penalty, the Bonds held by such Bondholder by delivering to us a written notice requesting such Bonds be redeemed. Redemptions due to death, disability or bankruptcy shall count towards the annual 10% Limit on redemptions described above; provided, however, that any redemptions pursuant to death, disability or bankruptcy shall not be subject to the 10% Limit. Any such request shall specify the particular event giving rise to the right of the holder or beneficial holder to redeem his or her Bonds. If a Bond is held jointly by natural persons who are legally married, then such request may be made by (i) the surviving Bondholder upon the death of the spouse, or (ii) the disabled Bondholder (or a legal representative) upon disability of the spouse. In the event a Bond is held together by two or more natural persons that are not legally married, neither of these persons shall have the right to request that the Company repurchase such Bond unless each Bondholder has been affected by such an event.
Disability shall mean with respect to any Bondholder or beneficial holder, a determination of disability based upon a physical or mental condition or impairment arising after the date such Bondholder or beneficial holder first acquired Bonds. Any such determination of disability must be made by any of: (1) the Social Security Administration; (2) the U.S. Office of Personnel Management; or (3) the Veterans Benefits Administration, or the Applicable Governmental Agency, responsible for reviewing the disability retirement benefits that the applicable Bondholder or beneficial holder could be eligible to receive.
Bankruptcy shall mean, with respect to any Bondholder the final adjudication related to (i) the filing of any petition seeking to adjudicate the Bondholder bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking for itself any liquidation, winding up, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, protection, relief, or composition of such Bondholder or such Bondholders debts under any law relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, or reorganization or relief of debtors, or seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the entry of an order for relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, or other similar official for such Person or for any substantial part of its property, or (ii) without the consent or acquiescence of such Bondholder, the entering of an order for relief or approving a petition for relief or reorganization or any other petition seeking any reorganization, arrangement, composition, readjustment, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar relief under any bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar statute, law, or regulation, or, without the consent or acquiescence of such Bondholder, the entering of an order appointing a trustee, custodian, receiver, or liquidator of such Bondholder or of all or any substantial part of the property of such Bondholder which order shall not be dismissed within ninety (90) days.
Upon receipt of redemption request in the event of death, disability or bankruptcy of a Bondholder, we will designate a date for the redemption of such Bonds, which date shall not be later than 30 days after we receive documentation and/or certifications establishing (to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company) the right to be redeemed. On the designated date, we will redeem such Bonds at a price per Bond that is equal to all accrued and unpaid interest, to but not including the date on which the Bonds are redeemed plus the then outstanding principal amount of such Bond.
Optional Redemption
We may redeem the Bonds, in whole or in part, without penalty at any time. If the Bonds are renewed for an additional term, we may redeem the Bonds at any time during such renewal period. Any redemption of a Bond will be at a price equal to the then outstanding principal on the Bonds being redeemed, plus any accrued but unpaid interest on such Bonds. If we plan to redeem the Bonds, we are required to give notice of redemption not
48
less than 5 days nor more than 60 days prior to any redemption date to each Bondholders address appearing in the securities register maintained by the trustee. In the event we elect to redeem less than all of the Bonds, the particular Bonds to be redeemed will be selected by the trustee by such method as the trustee shall deem fair and appropriate.
Merger, Consolidation or Sale
We may consolidate or merge with or into any other corporation, and we may sell, lease or convey all or substantially all of our assets to any corporation, provided that the successor entity, if other than us:
| | is organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or any United States, or U.S., state or the District of Columbia; and |
| | assumes all of our obligations to perform and observe all of our obligations under the Bonds and the Indenture; and provided further that no event of default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing. |
Except as described below under Certain Covenants Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event, the Indenture does not provide for any right of acceleration in the event of a consolidation, merger, sale of all or substantially all of the assets, recapitalization or change in our stock ownership. In addition, the Indenture does not contain any provision which would protect the Bondholders against a sudden and dramatic decline in credit quality resulting from takeovers, recapitalizations or similar restructurings.
Certain Covenants
We will issue the Bonds under an Indenture, or the Indenture, to be dated as of the initial issuance date of the Bonds between us and UMB Bank, N.A., as the trustee. The Indenture does not limit our ability to incur, or permit our subsidiaries to incur, third-party indebtedness, whether secured or unsecured, including the indebtedness outstanding under our Credit Agreement.
Offer to Repurchase Upon a Change of Control Repurchase Event
Change of Control Repurchase Event, means (A) the acquisition by any person, including any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act, of beneficial ownership, directly or indirectly, through a purchase, merger or other acquisition transaction or series of purchases, mergers or other acquisition transactions of the membership units entitling that person to exercise more than 50% of the total voting power of all the membership units entitled to vote in meetings of the Company (except that such person will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only upon the occurrence of a subsequent condition); and (B) following the closing of any transaction referred to in subsection (A), neither we nor the acquiring or surviving entity has a class of common securities (or American Depositary Receipts representing such securities) listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), the NYSE American, or the Nasdaq Stock Market, or listed or quoted on an exchange or quotation system that is a successor to the NYSE, the NYSE American or the Nasdaq Stock Market.
If a Change of Control Repurchase Event occurs, unless we have exercised our option to redeem the Bonds as described under Optional Redemption, the Company or Trustee shall make an offer to each Bondholder to repurchase all or any amount of each Bondholders Bonds at the redemption price set forth on the Bond.
Reports
We will furnish the following reports to each Bondholder:
Reporting Requirements under Tier II of Regulation A. After launching this Tier II, Regulation A offering, we will be required to comply with certain ongoing disclosure requirements under Rule 257 of Regulation A. We
49
will be required to file: an annual report with the SEC on Form 1-K; a semi-annual report with the SEC on Form 1-SA; current reports with the SEC on Form 1-U; and a notice under cover of Form 1-Z. The necessity to file current reports will be triggered by certain corporate events, similar to the ongoing reporting obligation faced by issuers under the Exchange Act, however the requirement to file a Form 1-U is expected to be triggered by significantly fewer corporate events than that of the Form 8-K. Parts I & II of Form 1-Z will be filed by us if and when we decide to and are no longer obligated to file and provide annual reports pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A.
Annual Reports. As soon as practicable, but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of our fiscal year, ending December 31st, we will cause to be mailed or made available, by any reasonable means, to each Bondholder as of a date selected by us, an annual report containing financial statements of our Company for such fiscal year, presented in accordance with GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, equity and cash flows, with such statements having been audited by an accountant selected by us. We shall be deemed to have made a report available to each Bondholder as required if it has either (i) filed such report with the SEC via its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) system and such report is publicly available on such system or (ii) made such report available on any website maintained by our Company and available for viewing by the Bondholders.
Payment of Taxes and Other Claims
We will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent: (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon us or upon our income, profits or assets; and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon our property; provided, however, that we will not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or for which we have set apart and maintain an adequate reserve.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Bonds. We may apply for quotation of the Bonds on an alternative trading system or over the counter market beginning after the final closing of this offering. However, even if the Bonds are listed or quoted, no assurance can be given as to (1) the likelihood that an active market for the Bonds will develop, (2) the liquidity of any such market, (3) the ability of Bondholders to sell the Bonds or (4) the prices that Bondholders may obtain for any of the Bonds. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that future sales of the Bonds, or the availability of the Bonds for future sale, will have on the market price prevailing from time to time. Sales of substantial amounts of the Bonds, or the perception that such sales could occur, may adversely affect prevailing market prices of the Bonds. See Risk Factors Risks Related to the Bonds and the Offering.
Event of Default
The following are events of default under the Indenture with respect to the Bonds:
| | default in the payment of any interest on the Bonds when due and payable, which continues for 60 days, a cure period; |
| | default in the payment of any principal of or premium on the Bonds when due, which continues for 60 days, a cure period; |
| | default in the performance of any other obligation or covenant contained in the Indenture or in this offering circular for the benefit of the Bonds, which continues for 120 days after written notice, a cure period; and |
| | specified events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of us. |
Book-entry and other indirect Bondholders should consult their banks or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or make a request of the trustee and how to declare or rescind an acceleration of maturity.
50
Annually, within 120 days following December 31st while the Bonds are outstanding, we will furnish to the trustee a written statement of certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are in compliance with the Indenture, or else specifying any event of default and the nature and status thereof. We will also deliver to the trustee a written notification of any uncured event of default within 30 days after we become aware of such uncured event of default.
Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs
Subject to any respective cure period, or other terms of the Indenture, if an event of default occurs and is continuing, the trustee or the Bondholders of not less than a majority in aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Bonds may declare the principal thereof, and all unpaid interest thereon to be due and payable immediately. In such event, the trustee will have the right force us to sell any assets held by us or any subsidiary of ours that we have the unilateral right to cause it to sell its assets. We will be required to contribute the proceeds of any such sale to the repayment of the Bonds. With respect to subsidiaries for which we do not have the unilateral right to sell their assets, the trustee has the right to force us to sell our equity in such subsidiary in order to repay the Bonds.
At any time after the trustee or the Bondholders have accelerated the repayment of the principal, premium, if any, and all unpaid interest on the Bonds, but before the trustee has obtained a judgment or decree for payment of money due, the Bondholders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Bonds may rescind and annul that acceleration and its consequences, provided that all payments, other than those due as a result of acceleration, have been made and all events of default have been remedied or waived.
The Bondholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Bonds may waive any default with respect to that series, except a default:
| | in the payment of any amounts due and payable or deliverable under the Bonds; or |
| | in an obligation contained in, or a provision of, the Indenture which cannot be modified under the terms of the Indenture without the consent of each Bondholder |
The Bondholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Bonds may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the Bonds, provided that (i) such direction is not in conflict with any rule of law or the Indenture, (ii) the trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction and (iii) the trustee need not take any action that might involve it in personal liability or be unduly prejudicial to the Bondholders not joining therein. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture relating to the duties of the trustee, before proceeding to exercise any right or power under the Indenture at the direction of the Bondholders, the trustee is entitled to receive from those Bondholders security or indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which it might incur in complying with any direction.
A Bondholder will have the right to institute a proceeding with respect to the Indenture or for any remedy under the Indenture, if:
| | that Bondholder previously gives to the trustee written notice of a continuing event of default in excess of any cure period, |
| | the Bondholders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Bonds have made written request; |
| | such Bondholder or Bondholders have offered to indemnify the trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with such request; |
| | the trustee has not received from the Bondholders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Bonds a direction inconsistent with the request (it being understood and intended that no one or more of |
51
| such Bondholders shall have any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of the Indenture to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any other of such Bondholders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other of such Bondholders or to enforce any rights under the Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for equal and ratable benefit of all Bondholders); and |
| | the trustee fails to institute the proceeding within 60 days. |
However, the Bondholder has the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of and interest on such Bond on the respective due dates (or any redemption date, subject to certain discounts) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment and such rights shall not be impaired without the consent of such Bondholder.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
52
On June 15, 2022, Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC filed a civil lawsuit against William Francis and Incline Energy Partners, L.P. in the 116th District Court of Dallas County, Texas, asserting claims of (i) defamation, (ii) business disparagement, (iii) tortious interference with contract, (iv) tortious interference with prospective contract/relations, (v) unfair competition and (vi) civil conspiracy. The Company is seeking monetary damages in the amount of $50 million.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
53
SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The table below sets forth, as of the issuance date of this report, certain information regarding the beneficial ownership of our outstanding membership units for (1) each person who is expected to be the beneficial owner of 10% or more of our outstanding membership units and (2) each of our named executive officers, if together such group would be expected to be the beneficial owners of 10% or more of our outstanding membership units. Each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the membership units shown as beneficially owned by such person. The SEC has defined beneficial ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power over such security.
| Title of Class |
Name and Address of Beneficial |
Amount and Nature of Beneficial |
Percent of Class |
|||||
| LLC Interests |
Daniel Ferrari* | N/A | 28.79 | % | ||||
| LLC Interests |
Charlene Ferrari* | N/A | 28.79 | % | ||||
| LLC Interests |
All Executives and Managers | N/A | 28.98 | % | ||||
| * | Daniel Ferrari and Charlene Ferrari each own 50% of the voting membership interests in and are the managers of Lion of Judah, LLC, which owns 57.58% of the Company. Their address is 1983 Water Chase Drive, New Lenox, IL 60451. Adam Ferrari is the economic interest owner of Lion of Judah, LLC, but has no voting or managerial interest in Lion of Judah, LLC and, therefore, is not a beneficial interest holder of the Company. |
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
54
MANAGER, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SIGNIFICANT EMPLOYEES
Our Company is a manager-managed limited liability company and managed by our sole manager pursuant to our limited liability company agreement. Lion of Judah, LLC has the power to select the manager of our Company in its sole discretion. The following table sets forth information on our executive officers, manager, and significant employees.
| Manager/Officers/ Significant | ||||||||
| Name |
Age | Position with our Company |
Since | |||||
| Lindsey Wilson |
37 | Manager and Chief Operating Officer | April 2019 | |||||
| Curtis Allen |
37 | Chief Financial Officer | February 2020 | |||||
| Kris Woods |
37 | Chief Technology Officer | August 2019 | |||||
| Sean Goodnight |
47 | Chief Acquisition Officer | June 2020 | |||||
| Justin Arn |
43 | Chief Land and Title Officer | April 2020 | |||||
| Brynn Ferrari |
33 | Chief Marketing Officer | April 2023 | |||||
| Matt Willer |
46 | Managing Director, Capital Markets | March 2021 | |||||
| Adam Ferrari |
40 | Vice President of Engineering | April 2023 | |||||
| Julia Mao |
36 | Vice President of Business Process | November 2021 | |||||
| Nick Young |
40 | Vice President of Land - WY & TX | May 2020 | |||||
| Tom Kruk |
61 | Vice President of Mineral Acquisitions | August 2019 | |||||
| David McDonald |
40 | GIS Analyst | April 2021 | |||||
Set forth below is biographical information for the executive officers, manager, and significant employees of our Company.
Lindsey Wilson, Manager and Chief Operating Officer. Lindsey brings years of extensive practical experience leading diverse, multidisciplinary teams in the energy sector. Lindsey entered the oil and gas industry in 2011 as a Leasing Agent in Texas and this foundational experience was the springboard that ultimately allowed her to transition into more advanced management roles within the mineral and leasehold acquisition space. Immediately prior to helping to found our company, Ms. Wilson was employed in the operations department of The Petram Group, LLC, (f/k/a Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC d/b/a Ferrari Energy), a mineral and leasehold acquisition company, until early 2019. As a founding member of Phoenix Capital Group, Lindsey establishes the objectives of the business and leads all operational functions within the Company. Responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of Phoenix Capital Group, Lindsey takes great pride in working with all departments on setting and achieving aggressive business goals. Lindsey graduated from the University of Texas Arlington and holds a Bachelor of Business Administration with a concentration in Marketing.
Curtis Allen, Chief Financial Officer. Curtis graduated magna cum laude from SUNY Oswego with both his BS and MBA concentrated in accounting. Curtis has over 10 years experience in financial services with an emphasis on investment analysis. As a CPA, Curtis has a range of experiences from his private tax-practice to auditing billion-dollar defense contractors with the Department of Defense. Most recently, he has spent over 7 years managing investments for personal and corporate clients. Alongside being a CPA, Curtis also holds series 7 and 66 licenses and has passed the CFA level I. At Phoenix Capital Group, Curtis is responsible for all accounting and finance functions and underwriting new potential deals along with a multitude of day-to-day operational tasks.
Kristopher Woods, Chief Technology Officer. Kris has over 12 years experience as a consultant and software engineer working across a number of industries including energy, health & fitness and consumer goods. At Phoenix Capital Group, his responsibilities include identifying and validating technological needs, as well as overseeing the implementation and management of all software solutions. He has developed extensive insights into custom software and technology solutions over the course of his career and brings that knowledge and ability
55
to lead diverse teams to his role at Phoenix Capital Group. Kris holds a B.A. in Computer Science from Lewis & Clark College and dual Masters degrees from Loyola Marymount in Business Administration and Systems Engineering.
Sean Goodnight, Chief Acquisitions Officer. Sean brings over 25 years of consultative sales experience to Phoenix Capital Group. As a Colorado native, he attended the University of Northern Colorado and spent the early part of his career in the health care and insurance industries. He was introduced into the oil and gas industry in 2016 working with mineral acquisitions where he quickly transitioned into management. Immediately prior to joining our company in June of 2020, Mr. Goodnight was employed by The Petram Group, LLC, (f/k/a Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC d/b/a Ferrari Energy), as an acquisitions landman. With Phoenix Capital Group, Sean leads the Acquisitions department and has implemented processes, developed tools, and introduced materials that have contributed to the continued success of the Company. He has built a team of talented, sophisticated professionals who possess the expertise and skillset to maintain the high level of standards that have become the foundation of his department.
Justin Arn, Chief Land & Title Officer. Justin graduated from the University of Hawaii at Manoa and majored in Philosophy with a minor in Business Administration. Justin began his Land career researching mineral and royalty rights for multiple mineral acquisition companies focusing on the DJ Basin in Weld County, Colorado and Laramie County, Wyoming. He has coordinated and managed title projects, large and small, in Wyoming, Colorado, North Dakota, Montana, and Texas, and performed and managed opportunity and due diligence title work for the purchase of thousands of Royalty Acres throughout the DJ, Bakken, and Permian basins. Justin is an active member of the American Association of Professional Landmen, and the Wyoming Association of Professional Landmen. Immediately prior to joining our Company, Mr. Arn was employed as a landman for The Petram Group, LLC (f/k/a Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC d/b/a Ferrari Energy).
Brynn Ferrari, Chief Marketing Officer. Brynn comes to us bringing over 12 years of experience with a variety of marketing experience across digital, talent relations, events and social media. With a Public Relations degree from the University of Southern California she is a true Trojan at heart and is a Young Leader for the USC Alumni Association. Prior to her position at the Company, Brynn led projects working in-house for American Honda Motor Co., Amazon, the Estee Lauder Companies, and Unilever Prestige. She also managed multi-million dollar advertising campaigns and spearheaded creative innovation for first-to-market products including the launch of an AR partnership integration with Modiface for Estee Lauder Companies for the brand, Smashbox Cosmetics. As the Chief Marketing Officer at the Company, she is responsible for developing both the marketing team and the Investor Relations team with a focus on process efficiencies and team growth. She owns strategy across all marketing platforms passionately sharing our story and the people behind the Company. Brynn Ferrari is Adam Ferraris spouse and the daughter-in-law of Charlene and Daniel Ferrari.
Matt Willer, Managing Director, Capital Markets. Matt Willer is a seasoned finance professional that has spent 22 years professionally assisting Companies of all sizes, in a variety of industries, with their financing needs. Matts career began at Smith Barney and after his early professional life was spent at a large investment bank he sequentially migrated to smaller firms where he has been able to have more autonomy and interaction with clients. For the past decade, Matts experience has largely been in an internal investment banking function to the operating companies that he is assisting. With experience in both debt and equity transactions, across both private and public Companies, Matt has raised well over $100 million in new capital for the Companies hes worked with. Matt brings an entrepreneurial finance background to Phoenix Capital Group Holdings where he currently maintains the title of Managing Director, Capital Markets and has recently become a partner with the firm. Matt graduated from the University of Southern California with a degree in Business Administration with a dual specialty in Finance and Management. Mr. Willer is a registered representative and associated person of Dalmore Group.
Adam Ferrari, Vice President of Engineering. Adam graduated from the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champagne Magna Cum Laude with a Bachelors of Science Degree in Chemical Engineering. Adam began his
56
career with BP America as a completions engineer in 2005. During his tenure with BP, Adam served in various drilling, completions, and production roles both in the Gulf of Mexico and the onshore US business units. Following his experience at BP, Adam transitioned to an equity analyst role within the Oil and Gas division at Macquarie Capital in Denver, CO. After gaining experience on the financial services side of oil and gas, Adam transitioned back to the operating side of the industry in a lead Petroleum Engineering role with start-up Halcon Resources. While at Halcon, Adam supported various exploration and development programs in the broader gulf coast region and the Bakken shale asset in North Dakota. Following his tenure at Halcon, Adam pursued various entrepreneurial opportunities on the mineral acquisitions side of the oil and gas industry that ultimately led him to the Company. Immediately prior to becoming a consultant, Adam was the Chief Executive Officer of the The Petram Group, LLC (f/k/a Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC d/b/a Ferrari Energy) until March of 2019. Adam has served in an advisory role at various points for Phoenix and as of April of 2023, Adam was promoted to VP of Engineering for the company. Prior to his employment at the Petram Group, Mr. Ferrari founded and operated Ferrari Energy, LLC, a single member Colorado LLC, which was active in acquiring and disposing of mineral interests from 2014 to 2017. Currently, Ferrari Energy, LLC has no employees, holds only one remaining mineral property and is otherwise inactive. In early 2016, Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC started operating under the brand name Ferrari Energy, even though there was no formal connection between Ferrari Energy, LLC and Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC. From December 14, 2016 through March 11, 2019, Adam Ferrari served as the CEO of Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC. Subsequently, Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC underwent name changes and became The Petram Group, LLC on April 2, 2019. At the Company, Adam is responsible for conducting engineering evaluations across all areas of interest and making purchase recommendations to the executive team at Phoenix Capital Group. Adam Ferrari is Brynn Ferraris spouse and the son of Charlene and Daniel Ferrari.
Julia Mao, Vice President of Business Process. At Phoenix Capital Group, Julia is responsible for identifying areas in need of process business improvement and implementing solutions in creating better efficiencies, as well as developing reporting tools for more informed executive business decisions. Ms. Mao has worked professionally for 10 years at Lakeshore Learning Materials from accounting to the marketing field and has extensive experience in improving business processes within a variety of departments utilizing various technology software systems. Julia has earned a BA in Business Economics from the University of California Irvine. In addition, Ms. Mao holds an MBA from the prestigious University of Southern California at the globally recognized Marshall School of Business with dual Graduate Certificates in Business Analytics and Marketing.
Nick Young, Vice President of Land - WY & TX. Nick has over 10 years experience as a Landman. Starting out as an intern with Colorado State Land Board working in their mineral division and later working as an Independent Landman for various Industry leading companies. Immediately prior to joining the company in 2020, Nick was employed with The Petram Group, LLC . (f/k/a Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC d/b/a Ferrari Energy). Nick is responsible for examining Due Diligence on purchases and performing curative tasks that arrive from these purchases. Nick holds a Bachelor of Business Administration in Financial and Marketing Management from the University of New Mexico.
Tom Kruk, Vice President of Mineral Acquisitions. Toms careers in sales, management and training include the fields of energy, insurance and communications. Tom studied Energy Engineering before graduating with his Bachelor of Science as a Marketing major at the University of Arizona. Prior to joining Phoenix Capital Group as a partner, Tom worked as an Acquisitions Landman at The Petram Group, LLC (f/k/a Wolfhawk Energy Holdings, LLC d/b/a Ferrari Energy) until mid-2019. Toms focus at Phoenix centers around working with individuals, businesses and other organizations to lease and purchase mineral holdings in the areas Phoenix targets for investment.
David McDonald, GIS Analyst. David has over 15 years of experience in the oil and gas industry working as Senior Geotechnical Analyst supporting exploration and development in the Raton, DJ, Uintah, and Williston Basins. Prior to joining our company, David worked for El Paso Oil & Gas and Whiting Petroleum. David graduated from Brigham Young University Idaho with a B.A. in Geology and in 2020 completed his Masters in Geographic Information Science from the University of Denver.
57
None of our Managers, executive officers, or significant employees have been involved in or subject to any action or event that would require disclosure under Item 10(d) of Form 1-A.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
58
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
Below is the annual compensation of each of the three highest paid executive officers of our Company for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.
| Name |
Position |
Cash Compensation |
Other Compensation |
Total Compensation |
||||||||||
| Sean Goodnight |
Chief Acquisitions Officer | $ | 364,000 | (1 | ) | $ | 364,000 | |||||||
| Lindsey Wilson |
Manager and Chief Operating Officer | $ | 180,000 | (2 | ) | $ | 180,000 | |||||||
| Curtis Allen |
Chief Financial Officer | $ | 196,000 | (3 | ) | $ | 196,000 | |||||||
(1) The Company has granted Mr. Goodnight a 3.5% profits interest, as that term is used in Internal Revenue Service revenue rulings, pursuant to a Profits Interest Award Agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.
(2) The Company has granted Ms. Wilson an 8.16% profits interest, as that term is used in Internal Revenue Service revenue rulings, pursuant to a Profits Interest Award Agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.
(3) The Company has granted Mr. Allen an 8.16% profits interest, as that term is used in Internal Revenue Service revenue rulings, pursuant to a Profits Interest Award Agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
59
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received mineral and royalty interests as a capital contribution by Lion of Judah Capital, LLC, the controlling entity of the Company. The capital contribution is valued at $630,425 and Lion of Judah Capital, LLC received its equity ownership in the Company as consideration.
The Company and Adam Ferrari, our Vice President of Engineering and son of Charlene and Daniel Ferrari, entered into a Consulting Agreement on November 1, 2021 for Mr. Ferrari to provide petroleum engineering consulting services to the Company. This Consulting Agreement terminated as of the commencement of Mr. Ferraris employment as our Vice President of Engineering. Over the course of the Consulting Agreement, we paid Mr. Ferrari a total of $507,416.69 in consulting fees, including $323,000 in fiscal year 2022.
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC
The Company will pay all expenses of PCGHI, including its offering expenses, but will not be obligated to pay PCGHIs obligations with respect to the PCGHI Bonds. The Company will pay the PCGHI broker-dealer fee and other expense reimbursements and fees due to Dalmore Group pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Broker-Dealer Agreement (the PCGHI BD Agreement) among our Company, PCGHI and Dalmore Group. If PCGHI sells the proposed maximum offering amount of $75,000,000, then the approximate maximum payment to Dalmore Group would be $4,500,000 plus approximately $25,000 of expenses.
Certain officers of the Company operate and manage PCGHI. Those officers are and are expected to continue to be Ms. Wilson and Mr. Allen. They will not receive any compensation from PCGHI in such regard.
We intend to enter into the Credit Loan Agreement with our wholly-owned subsidiary PCGHI dated on or about the commencement of PCGHIs proposed Regulation A offering . The following summarizes some of the key provisions of the Credit Loan Agreement. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the form of Credit Loan Agreement which is filed as an exhibit to the Offering Statement.
The Credit Loan Agreement will provide that PCGHI will lend in one or more advances up to the maximum principal amount of $75,000,000 to the Company for the funding of (i) purchasing mineral rights and non-operated working interests, as well as additional asset acquisitions, (ii) financing potential drilling and exploration operations of one or more subsidiaries and (iii) other working capital needs. The timing of the disbursement of any advance shall be contingent upon PCGHIs receipt of the proceeds if any of the bonds sold pursuant to its offering of bonds pursuant to Regulation A (the PCGHI Bonds). The maximum aggregate principal amount of the PCGHI Loan will be $75,000,000. The aggregate outstanding amount of all advances shall not exceed eight-five percent (85%) of the aggregate total discounted present value of the collateral granted as security for the loan in the form of one or more mortgages, after deducting any allocable amount securing any of our outstanding senior indebtedness (the Loan-to-Value Ratio). The value of such collateral will be determined by one or more reserve studies performed by a third party retained by the Company on an annual basis. In the event the aggregate outstanding loan exceeds the Loan-to-Value ratio, such event shall not be deemed an event of default and the Company shall cure such deficiency by either pledging additional collateral or repaying a portion of the Loan until the Loan-to-Value Ratio is met. To the extent the PCGHI Bonds are accelerated or prepaid, in whole or in part, the Company shall be obligated to pay or prepay, in whole or in part, all or any part of any outstanding indebtedness under the Subordinate Master Credit Note (Current Pay) (the Current Pay Note), and Subordinate Master Credit Note (Accrual Pay) (the Accrual Pay Note and together with the Current Pay Note, the Notes) on the same terms as the PCGHI Bonds. The terms of the advance will correspond to the maturity date, interest rate, and gross proceeds of the Bonds providing the funds to make the advance. The Loan is not a revolving facility and the Company may not reborrow amounts repaid, and PCGHI intends to use any amounts repaid under the Loan will be used to repay the corresponding PCGHI Bonds.
60
At the option of PCGHI, an advance may either be (i) on a current basis whereby the Company makes monthly payments on the tenth (10th) day of each month to PCGHI of interest only pursuant to the Current Pay Note or (ii) on an accrual pay basis whereby interest will compound monthly and the Company will pay all accrued and unpaid interest at maturity pursuant to the Accrual Pay Note. On each respective maturity date for advances on both a current and accrual basis, the outstanding principal sum, together will all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, as calculated in accordance with the above, shall mature and be due and payable to PCGHI. Interest will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months and shall accrue a full pro-rata portion of the annual rate of interest for each calendar month regardless of the number of days an advance is outstanding during such calendar month, on the same terms as the interest payable from the proceeds of the Bonds from which such advance of the loan is made.
To secure the payment of the PCGHI Loan under the Credit Loan Agreement, the Company will agree to enter into junior mortgages for various oil and gas properties owned by the Company throughout the United States.
PCGH I Subordinated Mortgage Interests In Certain Of Our Oil And Gas Producing Properties
| Asset Identifier |
County |
Disc 10% Value* |
ANBs First Lien** |
Remaining Value |
||||||||||
| Lime Rock - Southern Dunn |
Dunn | $ | 28,731,037.00 | $ | 3,209,762.19 | $ | 25,521,274.81 | |||||||
| Anadarko - Lund |
Converse | $ | 38,982,539.00 | $ | 4,355,035.28 | $ | 34,627,503.72 | |||||||
| Continental - Tolksdorfs |
Richland | $ | 8,436,353.25 | $ | 942,489.05 | $ | 7,493,864.20 | |||||||
| Hunt - Blue Ridge |
Williams | $ | 8,824,672.03 | $ | 985,871.09 | $ | 7,839,800.95 | |||||||
| Total |
$ | 84,974,601.28 | $ | 9,493,157.60 | $ | 75,481,443.68 | ||||||||
| * | The Discounted 10% Value set forth above represents the net present value of the estimated cash flows from the assets set forth in the table above as determined in accordance with the Credit Loan Agreement. Such net present value will decrease over time as the reserves at such assets are depleted. |
| ** | This represents the portion of ANBs outstanding principal balance as of the date of this offering circular allocable to each of the properties in which we have a collateral interest as determined under the Credit Loan Agreement. |
Phoenix Operating, LLC
We have formed PhoenixOp as a subsidiary of the Company. The Company is the sole voting member of PhoenixOp pursuant to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Operating, LLC (the PhoenixOp Operating Agreement) which is filed as an exhibit to the offering statement of which this offering circular is a part. As the voting member, the Company is entitled to a share of the net profits, net losses, and any tax credits of PhoenixOp. The Company may contribute projects to PhoenixOp in its sole discretion. At the time of contribution, the Companys costs of acquiring the leasehold and other mineral interests giving rise to the drilling or extraction rights associated with the project undertaken by PhoenixOp will be reflected in the Companys capital account as a capital contribution. The Company will receive all distributions of cash and other property of PhoenixOp in accordance with its unreturned capital contributions and in an amount equal to its accrued but undistributed preferred return; thereafter, the distributions will go to the Company and non-voting members pro-rata in accordance with their LLC interests in PhoenixOP, with up to 15% going to non-voting members. As of the date of this offering circular, PhoenixOp has granted non-voting membership interests equal to 14% of its membership interest to its employees, with no individual employee receiving more than a 2.5% non-voting membership interest. PhoenixOps made the grants as compensation to such employees who did not contribute any other cash or property as consideration for their non-voting membership interests. The preferred return is the cumulative, non-compounding return of 10% per annum of the aggregate amount of the capital contribution then outstanding by the Company. Any future non-voting members of PhoenixOp will also receive a share in the profits, losses, and tax credits of PhoenixOp. The Company is also the sole manager of PhoenixOp and directs and manages the business and affairs of PhoenixOp.
61
As of August 31, 2023, we had contributed approximately $2.2 million in cash to PhoenixOp. We have not yet contributed any projects to PhoenixOp.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
62
The consolidated financial statements of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, included in this offering circular, have been audited by Cherry Bekaert LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their reports thereon.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
63
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We will file, annual, semi-annual and special reports, and other information, as applicable, with the SEC. You may read and copy any document filed with the SEC at the SECs public company reference room at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a web site that contains reports, and informational statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov).
Our Company has filed an offering statement of which this offering circular is a part with the SEC under the Securities Act. The offering statement contains additional information about us. You may inspect the offering statement without charge at the office of the SEC at Room 1580, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and you may obtain copies from the SEC at prescribed rates.
This offering circular does not contain all of the information included in the offering statement. We have omitted certain parts of the offering statement in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information, we refer you to the offering statement, which may be found at the SECs website at http://www.sec.gov. Statements contained in this offering circular and any accompanying supplement about the provisions or contents of any contract, agreement or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete. Please refer to the actual exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
65
PART F/S
| Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC and Subsidiaries |
Page | |||
| Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Fiscal Years Ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 |
||||
| F-2 | ||||
| F-4 | ||||
| F-5 | ||||
| F-6 | ||||
| F-7 | ||||
| F-8 | ||||
F-1
To the Board of Directors and Members
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC. and Subsidiaries
Irvine, CA
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC. and Subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the Auditors Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements section of our report. We are required to be independent of the Company and to meet our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the relevant ethical requirements relating to our audits. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Subsequent Event and Liquidity Risk
As discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, on April 28, 2023, the Company modified its Senior Debt Agreement that represents a large portion of the Companys total current liabilities. Our opinion is not modified with respect to that matter.
Responsibilities of Management for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and for the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, management is required to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Companys ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.
Auditors Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance but is not absolute assurance and, therefore, is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is
F-2
higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control. Misstatements, including omissions, are considered material if there is a substantial likelihood that, individually or in the aggregate, they would influence the judgment made by a reasonable user based on the consolidated financial statements.
In performing an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards, we:
| | Exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit. |
| | Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, and design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks. Such procedures include examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. |
| | Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control. Accordingly, no such opinion is expressed. |
| | Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluate the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. |
| | Conclude whether, in our judgment, there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the Companys ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time. |
We are required to communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit, significant audit findings, and certain internal control related matters that we identified during the audit.
Report on Supplementary Information
Our audits were conducted for the purpose of forming an opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole. The supplementary schedules of reconciliation of earnings before income taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) to net income (loss) and selling, general, and administrative expenses are presented for purposes of additional analysis and are not a required part of the consolidated financial statements. Such information is the responsibility of management and was derived from and relates directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the consolidated financial statements. The information has been subjected to the auditing procedures applied in the audit of the consolidated financial statements and certain additional procedures, including comparing and reconciling such information directly to the underlying accounting and other records used to prepare the consolidated financial statements or to the financial statements themselves, and other additional procedures in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, the information is fairly stated, in all material respects, in relation to the consolidated financial statements as a whole.
Fort Lauderdale, Florida
May 1, 2023
F-3
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 2022 and DECEMBER 31, 2021
| December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| ASSETS |
||||||||
| Current Assets: |
||||||||
| Cash |
$ | 4,964,832 | $ | 370,260 | ||||
| Accounts receivable, no allowance |
4,012,720 | 1,281,758 | ||||||
| Financial derivatives (net) |
| 172,677 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Current Assets |
8,977,552 | 1,824,695 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Oil and gas properties, at cost, using the successful method of accounting: |
||||||||
| Proved properties |
123,423,987 | 48,423,233 | ||||||
| Unproven properties |
41,827,688 | 858,502 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total oil and gas properties |
165,251,675 | 49,281,735 | ||||||
| Accumulated depletion |
(22,838,833 | ) | (8,592,334 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net oil and gas properties |
142,412,842 | 40,689,401 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Other Assets: |
||||||||
| Right of use office leases (net) |
2,151,889 | | ||||||
| Other receivables and assets |
1,470,382 | 82,339 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Other Assets |
3,622,271 | 82,339 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Assets |
$ | 155,012,665 | $ | 42,596,435 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
||||||||
| Current Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Accounts payable |
$ | 18,583,105 | $ | 3,344,128 | ||||
| Accrued expenses |
939,485 | 111,209 | ||||||
| Line of credit |
23,000,000 | 21,850,000 | ||||||
| Current portion of notes payable |
29,856,684 | 6,006,987 | ||||||
| Current portion of deferred closings |
5,695,582 | 2,171,545 | ||||||
| Current portion of accrued interest and accretion |
960,770 | | ||||||
| Vendor agreements |
1,006,434 | | ||||||
| Current portion of office lease liability |
413,011 | | ||||||
| Financial derivatives (net) |
1,900 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Current Liabilities |
80,456,971 | 33,483,869 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Noncurrent Liabilities: |
||||||||
| Notes payable |
64,500,820 | 5,364,221 | ||||||
| Deferred closings |
5,533,138 | 799,395 | ||||||
| Accrued interest and accretion |
305,846 | | ||||||
| Office lease liability |
1,852,865 | | ||||||
| Asset retirement obligation |
62,216 | 40,465 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Noncurrent Liabilities |
72,254,885 | 6,204,081 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total Liabilities |
152,711,856 | 39,687,950 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Members Equity |
2,300,809 | 2,908,485 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| TOTAL LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS EQUITY |
$ | 155,012,665 | $ | 42,596,435 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-4
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
years ended DECEMBER 31, 2022 and DECEMBER 31, 2021
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| REVENUES |
||||||||
| Gain on sale of assets |
$ | | $ | 207,655 | ||||
| Mineral and royalty revenues |
57,562,966 | 13,568,798 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total revenues |
$ | 57,562,966 | $ | 13,776,453 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| OPERATING EXPENSES |
||||||||
| Depletion on oil and gas properties |
14,246,499 | 5,599,048 | ||||||
| Other depreciation, depletion, accretion and amortization |
90,519 | 8,482 | ||||||
| Selling, general, and administrative expenses |
6,382,120 | 2,197,735 | ||||||
| Lease operating expenses |
2,379,714 | | ||||||
| Severance and owner deducts |
10,202,466 | 2,721,248 | ||||||
| Payroll and payroll expenses |
3,412,331 | 1,185,695 | ||||||
| Contractors and professional fees |
2,973,585 | 984,535 | ||||||
| Advertising and marketing |
5,349,874 | 231,290 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total operating expenses |
45,037,108 | 12,928,033 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Income from operations |
$ | 12,525,858 | $ | 848,420 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| OTHER REVENUES |
||||||||
| Paycheck Protection Loan loan forgiveness |
| 192,437 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total other revenues |
$ | | $ | 192,437 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| OTHER EXPENSES |
||||||||
| Interest expense |
(10,989,671 | ) | (1,669,930 | ) | ||||
| Loss on financial derivatives |
(2,238,863 | ) | (30,473 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total other expenses |
$ | (13,228,534 | ) | $ | (1,700,403 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| NET LOSS |
$ | (702,676 | ) | $ | (659,546 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-5
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF MEMBERS EQUITY
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
| Balances, December 31, 2020 |
$ | 3,073,031 | ||
| Contributions |
770,000 | |||
| Distributions |
(275,000 | ) | ||
| Net loss |
(659,546 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Balances, December 31, 2021 |
2,908,485 | |||
| Contributions |
200,000 | |||
| Distributions |
(105,000 | ) | ||
| Net loss |
(702,676 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Balances, December 31, 2022 |
$ | 2,300,809 | ||
|
|
|
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-6
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Net loss |
$ | (702,676 | ) | $ | (659,546 | ) | ||
| Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||
| Depletion on oil and gas properties |
14,246,499 | 5,599,048 | ||||||
| Other depreciation, depletion, accretion and amortization |
90,519 | 8,482 | ||||||
| Asset retirement obligation |
21,751 | 17,417 | ||||||
| Noncash lease expense |
113,987 | | ||||||
| Noncash interest expense |
1,004,097 | | ||||||
| Gain on sale of assets |
| (207,655 | ) | |||||
| Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||
| Increase in accounts receivable |
(2,730,962 | ) | (1,281,758 | ) | ||||
| Increase in vendor agreements |
1,006,434 | | ||||||
| Increase in other assets |
(679,336 | ) | (233,597 | ) | ||||
| Increase in accrued interest and accretion |
867,705 | | ||||||
| Increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
321,345 | 368,375 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash flows from operating activities |
13,559,363 | 3,610,766 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITES |
||||||||
| Additions to oil and gas properties and leases |
(100,224,032 | ) | (33,756,844 | ) | ||||
| Proceeds from sale of assets |
| 1,413,876 | ||||||
| Additions to equipment and other property |
(624,649 | ) | | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash flows from investing activities |
(100,848,681 | ) | (32,342,968 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
||||||||
| Borrowing of bank line of credit |
1,150,000 | 25,155,000 | ||||||
| Repayment of bank line of credit |
| (6,055,000 | ) | |||||
| Borrowing of notes payable |
83,986,292 | 16,171,208 | ||||||
| Repayment of notes payable |
(999,996 | ) | (8,709,950 | ) | ||||
| Members contributions |
200,000 | 770,000 | ||||||
| Members distributions |
(105,000 | ) | (275,000 | ) | ||||
| Increase in deferred closings |
7,652,594 | 1,876,222 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net cash flows from financing activities |
91,883,890 | 28,932,480 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Net change in cash |
4,594,572 | 200,278 | ||||||
| Cash, beginning of year |
370,260 | 169,982 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Cash, end of year |
$ | 4,964,832 | $ | 370,260 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INFORMATION |
||||||||
| Paycheck Protection Program Loan Forgiveness |
$ | | $ | 192,437 | ||||
| Cash paid during the period for interest |
9,723,055 | 1,669,930 | ||||||
| Accruals of asset retirement obligation |
21,751 | 40,465 | ||||||
| Accruals of capital expenditures |
15,745,908 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements are an integral part of these statements.
F-7
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 1 Business and basis of presentation
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC (Phoenix or the Company) is a Delaware Limited Liability Company formed on April 23, 2019, to acquire mineral rights, royalty interests, non-operated working interests and operated positions primarily in the Permian Basin, TX, the Williston Basin, ND/MT, the Denver-Julesburg Basin, CO/WY and the Powder River Basin, WY.
The Company, through utilization of proprietary software developed internally coupled with years of industry experience, believes it has a significant competitive advantage in the marketplace.
Phoenix operates as a profit-share partnership. At the end of 2022, there are eleven profit-share partners, of which Lion of Judah Capital, LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company, is the majority profit-share owner and exclusive equity contributor and owner. At the end of 2022, Lion of Judah Capital, LLC was a 57.58% profit-share owner.
In 2022, Phoenix also formed two wholly-owned subsidiaries, Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC and Phoenix Operating, LLC.
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC is a Delaware Limited Liability Company formed on November 16, 2022 designed to raise debt capital under Regulation A+ of federal securities law. The subsidiary is designed to have junior security interests in properties that Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC owns. Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC raises money through debt securities and lends those funds to the parent secured by the junior mortgage interests. At the end of 2022, Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC had no material assets, liabilities, expenses or revenues.
Phoenix Operating, LLC
Phoenix Operating, LLC is a Delaware Limited Liability Company formed on January 6, 2022 designed to drill, complete and operate wellbores under the Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC brand. Phoenix Operating, LLC will employ all of the direct and indirect personnel, including contractors, required to drill, complete and operate wellbores throughout the United States. Phoenix Operating, LLC operates as a profit-share partnership. At the end of 2022, Phoenix Operating, LLC had no material assets, liabilities, expenses or revenues.
Note 2 Significant accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). The consolidated financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair representation. The Company operates in one segment: oil and natural gas exploration and production.
F-8
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 2 Significant accounting policies (Continued)
Principles of consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC and Phoenix Operating, LLC (collectively, the Company). All inter-entity accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents at financial institutions. The balances may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance coverage and, as a result, there may be a concentration of credit risk related to amounts on deposit in excess of FDIC insurance coverage.
Fair value of financial instruments
The carrying values of the Companys current financial instruments, which include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, vendor agreements and accrued liabilities, approximate their fair value at December 31, 2022 and 2021 because of the short-term maturity of these instruments.
Asset retirement obligations
Fair values of legal obligations to retire and remove long-lived assets are recorded when the obligation is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the Company capitalizes this cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related property and equipment. Over time, the liability is accreted for the change in its present value and the capitalized cost in oil and natural gas properties is depleted based on units of production consistent with the related asset.
Use of estimates
The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP as detailed in the Financial Accounting Standards Boards (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Accordingly, actual results could differ materially from these estimates.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements are based on a number of significant estimates including quantities of oil, natural gas and natural gas liquids (NGL) reserves that are the basis for the calculations of depreciation, depletion, amortization (DD&A), and determinations of impairment of oil and natural gas properties. Reservoir engineering is a subjective process of estimating underground accumulations of oil and natural gas and there are numerous uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved oil and natural gas reserves. The accuracy of any reserve estimate is a function of the quality of available data and of engineering and geological interpretation and judgment along with estimated selling prices. As a result, reserve estimates may materially differ from the quantities of oil and natural gas that are ultimately recovered.
F-9
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 2 Significant accounting policies (Continued)
Joint activities
Certain types of exploration, development, and production activities are conducted jointly with other entities and, accordingly, the consolidated financial statements reflect only the Companys proportionate interest in such activities.
Impairment of long-lived assets
The Company follows the provisions of ASC 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment (ASC 360). ASC 360 requires that our long-lived assets be assessed for potential impairment of their carrying values whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate such impairment may have occurred. Proved oil and natural gas properties are evaluated by field for potential impairment. An impairment on proved properties is recognized when the estimated undiscounted future net cash flows of a field are less than its carrying value. If an impairment occurs, the carrying value of the impaired field is reduced to its estimated fair value, which is generally estimated using a discounted cash flow approach.
Unproved oil and natural gas properties do not have producing properties and are valued on acquisition by management, with the assistance of an independent expert when necessary. As reserves are proved through the successful completion of exploratory wells, the cost is transferred to proved properties. The cost of the remaining unproved basis is periodically evaluated by management to assess whether the value of a property has diminished. To do this assessment, management considers, (i) estimated potential reserves and future net revenues from an independent expert, (ii) our history in exploring the area, (iii) our future drilling plans per our capital drilling program prepared by our reservoir engineers and operations management, and (iv) other factors associated with the area. Impairment is taken on the unproved property value if it is determined that the costs are not likely to be recoverable. The valuation is subjective and requires management to make estimates and assumptions which, with the passage of time, may prove to be materially different from actual results.
Accounts receivable
Receivables consist of uncollateralized mineral and royalty income due from operators for oil and gas sales to purchasers and receipts from the Companys non-operating interest ownership. Those purchasers remit payment for production to the operator and the operator in turn remits payment to Phoenix for the agreed-to royalties. Receivables from third parties, for which we did not receive actual information, either due to timing delays or due to the unavailability of data at the time when revenues are recognized, are estimated. Volume estimates for wells with available historical actual data are based upon, (i) the historical actual data for the months the data is available or (ii) engineering estimates for the months the historical actual data is not available. Phoenix does not recognize revenues for wells with no historical actual data because we cannot conclude that it is probable that a significant revenue reversal will not occur in future periods. Pricing estimates are based upon actual prices realized in an area by adjusting the market price for the average basis differential from market on a basin-by-basin basis.
Phoenix routinely reviews outstanding balances, assesses the financial strength of its customers, and records a reserve for amounts not expected to be fully recovered. There is no allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.
F-10
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 2 Significant accounting policies (Continued)
Concentration of significant customers
Financial instruments that potentially subject Phoenix to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, receivable, royalty revenue, and our revolving credit facility. Royalty revenues are concentrated among operators engaged in the energy industry within the United States. Management periodically assesses the financial condition of these entities and institutions and considers any possible credit risk to be minimal.
As of the end of December 2022, concentrations in accounts receivable of 34% and 10% existed within two operators. Comparatively, in 2021, concentrations of 33%, 25%, 17% and 10% existed within four operators.
Concentration in customers also existed in both years. In 2022, 61% of the Companys revenues were concentrated within four operators, compared with 2021, where 70% of the Companys revenues were concentrated within four operators.
Oil and gas properties
The Company invests primarily in mineral, royalty, and overriding royalty interests of oil and natural gas properties. Oil and natural gas producing activities are accounted for in accordance with the successful efforts method of accounting. Under this method, costs of acquiring properties are capitalized. All general and administrative costs unrelated to acquisitions are expensed as incurred. Depletion of capitalized costs is recorded using the units-of-production method based on proved reserves. On the sale or retirement of a proved property, the cost and related accumulated depletion are removed from the property accounts and any gain or loss is recognized.
The depletion rate is determined by dividing the cumulative recovered barrels of oil by the estimated ultimate recovery by well and averaged amongst all wells within the pooled unit. This rate is multiplied by the original cost basis and reduced by depletion taken in prior periods. The cost basis remaining represents the percentage of the asset remaining to be recovered by the wells within the pooled unit.
For more than 95% of properties within Phoenixs portfolio, oil production represents over 85% of the value of the property and in some cases approached 100%. Therefore, for depletion purposes, Phoenix uses oil recovery for all properties as the unit of production for depletion.
Phoenix evaluates the oil and gas properties in its portfolio on a yearly basis for impairment, in accordance with the FASBs authoritative guidance, a discount rate of 10% (as prescribed by industry standards) is applied to the annual future net cash flows to determine if the carrying value of the property exceeds the present value of future cashflows. Phoenix has not impaired the value of any properties in 2022 or 2021.
Equipment and other property
Equipment and other property are stated at cost. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives (ranging from 3 to 7 years) of the respective assets. The costs of normal maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Material expenditures that increase the life of an asset are capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining useful life of the asset. The cost of equipment sold or otherwise disposed of, and the related accumulated depreciation, are removed from the accounts and any
F-11
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 2 Significant accounting policies (Continued)
gain or loss is reflected in current earnings. These amounts are included in other receivables and assets on the balance sheet. Depreciation for equipment and other property for 2022 amounted to $90,519 compared to $8,482 in 2021.
Revenue from contracts with customers
The Company recognizes its revenues following ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, (ASC 606). Revenue is recorded when title passes to the operator or purchaser. Royalty interest owners have no rights or obligations to explore, develop, or operate properties and do not incur any of the costs of exploration, development, and operation of the properties. Given the inherent time lag between when oil, natural gas, NGL production and sales occur, and when operators or purchasers often make disbursements to royalty interest owners and due to the large potential fluctuations of both oil production and sale price, a significant portion of the Companys revenue may represent accrued revenue based on estimated net sales volumes and estimated selling prices.
Oil and natural gas sales
Oil, natural gas, and NGL sales revenues are generally recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer, the performance obligations under the terms of the contracts with customers are satisfied and collectability is reasonably assured. As non-operators and mineral right owners, Phoenix in applicable situations have elected not to have control of the product. All of the Companys oil, natural gas, and NGL sales are made under contracts with customers (operators). The performance obligations for the Companys contracts with customers are satisfied at a point in time through the delivery of oil and natural gas to its customers.
Allocation of transaction price to remaining performance obligations
As the Company has determined that each unit of product generally represents a separate performance obligation, future volumes are wholly unsatisfied and disclosure of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations is not required. The Company has utilized the practical expedient in ASC 606, which permits the Company to allocate variable consideration to one or more but not all performance obligations in the contract if the terms of the variable payment relate specifically to the Companys efforts to satisfy that performance obligation and allocating the variable amount to the performance obligation is consistent with the allocation objective under ASC 606. Additionally, the Company will not disclose variable consideration subject to this practical expedient.
Fair value measurements
The Company follows ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (ASC 820). This standard defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. ASC 820 does not require any new fair value measurements but applies to assets and liabilities that are required to be recorded at fair value under other accounting standards. ASC 820 characterizes inputs used in determining fair value according to a hierarchy that prioritizes those inputs based upon the degree to which they are observable.
F-12
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 2 Significant accounting policies (Continued)
The three levels of the fair value measurement hierarchy are as follows:
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.
Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Level 3: Measured based on prices or valuation models that required inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and less observable for objective sources (i.e., supported by little or no market activity).
Advertising and marketing costs
Advertising and marketing costs for the years ended December 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 was approximately $5,349,874 and $231,290, respectively.
Change in accounting principles
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842), which supersedes existing guidance for accounting for leases under Topic 840, Leases. FASB also subsequently issued additional ASUs which amend and clarify Topic 842. The most significant change in the new leasing guidance is the requirement to recognize right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities for operating leases on the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company adopted these ASUs effective January 1, 2022, using the modified retrospective approach. As a result of adopting these ASUs, the Company recorded operating ROU assets and lease liabilities. Adoption of the new standard did not materially impact the Companys net income and had no impact on cash flows.
Income taxes
The Company is a limited liability company and has elected to be treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. The pro rata share of taxable income or loss is included in the individual income tax returns of members based on their percentage of ownership. Consequently, no provision for incomes taxes is made in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
Note 3 Oil and gas properties
The Company invests in two materially different asset classes mineral rights (including overriding royalty interest and non-participating royalty interest) and non-operated working interests using the successful efforts method of accounting for both asset classes.
Mineral rights, overriding royalty interest, and non-participating royalty interests
The mineral rights account consists of 398 unique mineral rights holdings (3,622 NMA) in 2021 and 1,800 unique mineral rights holdings (33,907 NMA) in 2022. Phoenix divested 7 unique mineral holdings (89 NMA) in
F-13
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 3 Oil and gas properties (Continued)
2021 and zero mineral holdings in 2022. Most of these holdings are in the Williston Basin, ND/MT with the majority proven and currently producing. The mineral rights holdings are diverse, with no significant concentrations. Mineral rights are the first of two asset classes that the Company invests in.
Non-operated working interests leases and unleased minerals
Non-operated working interests are the second of the two asset classes that the Company invests in. Leases represent the potential to participate in drilling projects, absorbing both the cost of the drilling project as well as the larger rate of return when the wells produce (as compared with the smaller lease rate owned by the lessee).
The following details the location of the Companys oil and natural properties, proved, and unproved by location (before accumulated depletion):
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Oil and natural gas properties, proved: |
||||||||
| Williston Basin |
$ | 70,734,509 | $ | 27,785,561 | ||||
| Powder River Basin |
27,545,506 | | ||||||
| Denver-Julesburg |
15,523,479 | 12,503,071 | ||||||
| Permian Basin |
9,610,281 | 8,134,601 | ||||||
| Other |
10,212 | | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 123,423,987 | 48,423,233 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Oil and natural gas properties, unproved: |
||||||||
| Williston Basin |
14,256,467 | 681,536 | ||||||
| Powder River Basin |
1,334,995 | 74,103 | ||||||
| Denver-Julesburg |
14,743,070 | 74,103 | ||||||
| Permian Basin |
8,903,657 | 28,760 | ||||||
| Other |
2,589,499 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 41,827,688 | 858,502 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 165,251,675 | $ | 49,281,735 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Proved and unproved properties
Phoenix considers a property proved when there are estimated quantities of oil, natural gas, and NGLs which geological and engineering data demonstrate, with reasonable certainty, to be recoverable in future years from known reservoirs under existing economic and operating conditions (i.e., prices and costs) existing at the time the estimate was made.
Phoenix considers a property unproved when there are currently no producing wells pooling the property. For the majority of the value of the unproven properties in 2022, Phoenix has analyzed the wells within a 10-mile radius of the property to conclude the property is economically viable for oil extraction and has the potential to be drilled and become proved reserves.
F-14
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 3 Oil and gas properties (Continued)
Mineral and royalty revenues
Phoenix is paid mineral and royalty revenue monthly by the various operators and working interest owners within the pooled units that Phoenix owns. Mineral and royalty revenues are subject to various expenses that are removed from Phoenixs paystub including owner deductions, severance and ad valorem taxes, and out-of-state owner withholdings. Phoenix grosses revenue up on the top-line and includes these expenses as operating expenses on the statements of operations.
Note 4 Financial derivatives
All derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value. The Company has not designated its derivative instruments as hedges for accounting purposes and, as a result, marks its derivative instruments to fair value and recognizes the cash and non-cash changes in fair value in the statements of operations under the caption Loss of financial derivates.
Commodity Contracts
During 2022, the Company used no costs collars with corresponding put and call options to reduce price volatility associated with certain of its royalty income. Under the Companys no cost collar contracts, each collar has an established floor price and ceiling price. When the settlement price is below the floor price, the counterparty is required to make a payment to the Company and when the settlement price is above the ceiling price, the Company is required to make a payment to the counterparty. When the settlement price is between the floor and the ceiling, there is no payment required outside of the net cost of the contracts.
The Companys derivative contracts are based upon reported settlement prices on commodity exchanges, with crude oil derivative settlements based on New York Mercantile Exchange West Texas Intermediate pricing (Cushing).
By using derivative instruments to economically limit exposure to changes in commodity prices, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is positive, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk. The Companys counterparties have been determined to have an acceptable credit risk for the size of derivative position placed; therefore, the Company does not require collateral from its counterparties.
As of December 31, 2022, the Company had the following outstanding derivative contracts.
| Settlement Month |
Settlement Year |
Type of Contract |
Bbls Per Month |
Index | Weighted Average Floor Price |
Weighted Average Ceiling Price |
||||||||||||||
| March |
2023 | Collars | 30,000 | WTI Cushing |
$ | 56.67 | $ | 112.33 | ||||||||||||
| April |
2023 | Collars | 10,000 | WTI Cushing |
$ | 55.00 | $ | 106.00 | ||||||||||||
| June |
2023 | Collars | 5,000 | WTI Cushing |
$ | 55.00 | $ | 110.00 | ||||||||||||
F-15
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 4 Financial derivatives (Continued)
Gain and Losses on Derivate Instruments
The following table summarized the gains and losses on derivate instruments included in the statements of operations and the net cash payments on derivates for the periods presented:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Loss on derivate instruments |
$ | (2,238,863 | ) | $ | (30,473 | ) | ||
| Net cash payments on derivatives |
(1,328,021 | ) | (203,150 | ) | ||||
Financial assets and liabilities are classified based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
Derivative Instruments Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis
Certain assets and liabilities are reported at fair value on a recurring basis, including the Companys derivative instruments. The fair values of the Companys derivative contracts are measured internally using established commodity futures price strips for the underlying commodity provided by a reputable third party, the contracted notional volumes, and time to maturity. These valuations are Level 2 inputs.
The following table provides (i) fair value measurement information for financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, (ii) the gross amounts of recognized derivative assets and liabilities, (iii) the amounts offset under master netting arrangements with counterparties, and (iv) the resulting net amounts presented in the Companys consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. The net amounts are classified as current or noncurrent based on their anticipated settlement dates.
| As of December 31, 2022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total Gross Fair Value |
Gross Amounts Offset in Balance Sheet |
Net Fair Value Presented in Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative instruments |
$ | | $ | 17,550 | $ | | $ | 17,550 | $ | (17,550 | ) | $ | | |||||||||||
| Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative instruments |
$ | | $ | 19,450 | $ | | $ | 19,450 | $ | (17,550 | ) | $ | 1,900 | |||||||||||
F-16
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 4 Financial derivatives (Continued)
| As of December 31, 2021 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Total Gross Fair Value |
Gross Amounts Offset in Balance Sheet |
Net Fair Value Presented in Balance Sheet |
|||||||||||||||||||
| Assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative instruments |
$ | | $ | 408,914 | $ | | $ | 408,914 | $ | (236,236 | ) | $ | 172,677 | |||||||||||
| Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Current |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Derivative instruments |
$ | | $ | 236,236 | $ | | $ | 236,236 | $ | (236,236 | ) | $ | | |||||||||||
Note 5 Asset retirement obligations
As part of the development of oil and natural gas properties, the Company incurs asset retirement obligations (ARO). ARO results from the Companys responsibility to abandon and reclaim their net share of all working interest properties and facilities. At December 31, 2022 and 2021, the net present value of the total ARO was estimated to be $62,216 and $40,465, with the undiscounted value being $467,895 and $187,699, respectively. The majority of the Companys assets are mineral rights or minority interest non-operated working interests which generally do not incur large amounts of ARO. Total ARO shown in the table below consists of amounts for future plugging and abandonment liabilities on the wellbores and facilities based on third party estimates of such costs, adjusted for inflation at a rate of 2.50% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021. These values are discounted to present value using a rate of 7.5% per annum for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021.
The following table summarizes the changes in the ARO for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Asset retirement obligations at beginning of period |
$ | 40,465 | $ | 23,048 | ||||
| Additions |
18,716 | 14,594 | ||||||
| Accretions |
3,035 | 2,823 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Asset retirement obligations at end of period |
$ | 62,216 | $ | 40,465 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Long-term portion |
$ | 62,216 | $ | 40,465 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
ARO is measured using primarily Level 3 inputs. The significant unobservable inputs to this fair value measurement include estimates of plugging costs, remediation costs, inflation rate, and well life. The inputs are calculated based on historical data as well as current estimated costs.
Note 6 Accounts payable
The accounts payable balance consists primarily of (98% of the costs in 2022 and 86% in 2021) joint interest billing (JIB) costs due for drilling and completing wells that Phoenix has an interest in. In 2022, Phoenix
F-17
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 6 Accounts payable (Continued)
has concentration in the accounts payable account with 60% of the costs concentrated within two different operators. Similarly, in 2021, 84% of the costs were concentrated within three operators.
Note 7 Line of credit
On October 28, 2021, the Company obtained a $23,000,000 open-end revolving line of credit with Cortland Credit Lending Corporation due on October 28, 2022. On October 20, 2022, the Company and Cortland Credit Lending Corporation mutually agreed to the first of four contemplated 6-month extensions, extending the maturity to April 28, 2023 (see note 14). As of December 31, 2021 and 2022, the balance of the line of credit was $21,850,000 and $23,000,000, respectively. The average outstanding balance for 2022 was $23,000,000 and total interest paid for the Cortland Line of Credit in 2022 was $2,768,724. Interest is payable monthly at a variable rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 10.50% and, (b) the TD Bank US Prime Rate, plus 7.25%. The line of credit is collateralized by assets within the Companys oil and gas properties.
Note 8 Notes payable
Phoenix had notes payable balances of $94,357,504 and $11,371,208 at the end of 2022 and 2021, respectively. The following table details the notes payable balances:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Cortland term loan |
$ | 3,833,333 | $ | 4,833,333 | ||||
| Unsecured debt - Regulation D |
46,934,755 | 6,537,875 | ||||||
| Unsecured debt - Regulation A+ |
35,701,834 | | ||||||
| Merchant cash advances |
6,817,684 | | ||||||
| Other notes payables |
1,069,898 | |||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 94,357,504 | $ | 11,371,208 | |||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Cortland Credit Lending Corporation term loan
On October 28, 2021, as part of the larger agreement with Cortland Credit Lending Corporation, Phoenix also obtained a $5,000,000 five-year term loan with Cortland Credit Lending Corporation in conjunction with the line of credit (collectively the Senior Debt). Interest is payable monthly at a variable rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 10.50% and, (b) the TD Bank US Prime Rate, plus 7.25%. In addition, a term payment of $83,333 is due at the end of each month. The balance of the term loan on December 31, 2022 is $3,833,333. Interest of $524,120 was attributable to the Cortland term loan in 2022 compared to $422,531 in 2021.
Unsecured debt
Phoenix also has several investor programs issued under Regulation A+ and Regulation D of federal securities law. Under the federal securities laws, any offer or sale of a security must either be registered with the SEC or meet an exemption. Regulation A+ and Regulation D provide a number of exemptions from the registration requirements, allowing some companies to offer and sell their securities without having to register the offering with the SEC. Under these programs, Phoenix raised an additional $82,636,589 of debt from
F-18
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 8 Notes payable (Continued)
thousands of unique investors with the majority of interest rates ranging from 8% to 15% annual percentage rate (APR). The maturities of these notes range from nine-months to seven years. Interest is paid monthly for the majority of notes. For the notes where interest is being compounded, interest is expensed and capitalized monthly. Interest expense of $2,163,531 and $457,387 in 2022 and 2021, respectively, was attributable to these notes.
Merchant cash advances
In 2022, Phoenix raised funds through several merchant cash advance loans with Libertas Funding, Upwise Capital and Lendspark Business Funding. These advances are for the purchase and sale of future cash receipts and receivables. At the end of December, 2022, the outstanding balance of these loans was $6,817,684. Interest expense of $2,796,923 was attributable to these loans in 2022, compared to $0 in 2021. These loans carried factor rates of 15 to 24.
Paycheck Protection Program
In May 2020, the Company received a loan under the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) for an amount of $192,437, which was established under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (CARES Act) and administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA). The PPP loan matures in April 2025 and bears interest at 1% per annum with an interest only period until the applicable deferral period expires. The receipt of the funds from the PPP loan and the forgiveness of the PPP loan is dependent on the Company having initially qualified for the PPP loan and qualifying for the forgiveness of such PPP loan based on funds being used for certain expenditures such as payroll costs and rent, as required by the terms of the PPP loan. As of July 2021, the PPP loan was forgiven in full.
Future payments for the notes payable amounts to:
| Years ended December 31, |
Amount | |||
| 2023 |
$ | 29,856,684 | ||
| 2024 |
1,573,801 | |||
| 2025 |
39,562,010 | |||
| 2026 |
| |||
| Thereafter |
23,365,009 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total |
$ | 94,357,504 | ||
|
|
|
|||
Note 9 Deferred closing
The Company has agreed to deferred closing arrangements (installment sales) with numerous clients. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, amounts owed totaled $11,228,720 and $2,970,940, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, approximately $5,695,582 is classified as current and approximately $3,236,155 and $2,296,983 is due in 2024 and 2025, respectively. Deferred closings have several different payment structures and interest rates ranging from 8% to 15% annually. Interest is capitalized quarterly on deferments that are not paying interest quarterly.
F-19
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 10 Vendor agreements
The Company has agreed to several non-interest-bearing agreements with important vendors. The largest balance is a settlement with EDF Trading North America, a derivatives company that provided derivates contracts to the Company throughout 2022. The Company agreed to pay its derivatives liability from its derivatives losses over a period of 12-months starting in July of 2022 at cost. The balance of this agreement at December 31, 2022, was $842,606 and included in the vendor agreements liability in the consolidated balance sheets.
Note 11 Members equity
Members equity consists of two buckets, retained earnings and owners investment. Owners investment represents contributions and distributions made by Lion of Judah Capital, LLC, the majority profit-share owner.
All members of Phoenix have a profit-share interest in Phoenixs net income. All partners are paid bi-monthly guaranteed payments, which are a draw against each members future capital account. Lion of Judah Capital, LLC is credited with a 10% preferential return on its contributed capital before members profit-share percentages are applied to net income.
Note 12 Related parties transactions
During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company utilized the engineering services of a consultant who is a related party of Lion of Judah Capital, LLC and economic interest owner of Lion of Judah Capital, LLC. The consultant does not have voting or other managerial rights of Lion of Judah Capital, LLC. The Company engaged the consultant via a consulting agreement and compensated them $323,000 for their services throughout the year. The agreement is month to month and can be terminated by the Company at any time for any reason.
Note 13 Leases
The Company leases its office facilities under a noncancelable operating lease agreement. The Company determines whether a contract contains a lease at inception by determining if the contract conveys the right to control the use of identified office space and vehicles for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The Companys lease agreement contains lease and non-lease components, which are generally accounted for separately with amounts allocated to the lease and non-lease components based on relative stand-alone prices.
ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. Renewal and termination clauses that are factored into the determination of the lease term if it is reasonably certain that these options would be exercised by the Company. Lease assets are amortized over the lease term unless there is a transfer of title or purchase option reasonably certain of exercise, in which case the asset life is used. The Companys lease agreement includes variable payments. Variable lease payments not dependent on an index or rate primarily consist of common area maintenance charges and are not included in the calculation of the ROU asset and lease liability and are expensed as incurred. In order to determine the present value of lease payments, the Company uses the implicit rate when it is readily determinable.
F-20
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 13 Leases (Continued)
As the Companys lease does not provide an implicit rate, management uses the Companys risk-free discount rate based on the information available at lease commencement to determine the present value of lease payments.
The Companys lease agreement does not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants. At December 31, 2022, the Company does not have leases where it is involved with the construction or design of an underlying asset, has no material obligation for leases signed but not yet commenced and does not have any material sublease activities.
Practical Expedients Elected:
| | The Company elected the three transition practical expedients that permit an entity to (a) not reassess whether expired or existing contracts contain leases, (b) not reassess lease classification for existing or expired leases, and (c) not consider whether previously capitalized initial direct costs would be appropriate under the new standard. |
| | The Company has elected to utilize the risk-free discount rate (2% at lease inception) to calculate lease assets and liabilities. |
Future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2022 is as follows:
| Year Ending December 31: |
Operating | |||
| 2023 |
$ | 454,576 | ||
| 2024 |
464,387 | |||
| 2025 |
452,624 | |||
| 2026 |
352,587 | |||
| Thereafter |
667,471 | |||
|
|
|
|||
| Total lease payments |
2,391,645 | |||
| Less: interest |
(125,769 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|||
| Present value of lease liabilities |
$ | 2,265,876 | ||
Required supplemental information relating to our leases for the years ended December 31, 2022
| Year ending December 31 |
2022 | |||
| Operating: |
||||
| Operating leases, included in operating expenses |
$ | 200,669 | ||
| Short-term leases , included in operating expenses |
232,050 | |||
| Variable lease payments, included in operating expenses |
2,000 | |||
| Less: Sublease income, included in other income, net |
| |||
|
|
|
|||
| Net operating lease cost |
434,719 | |||
|
|
|
|||
F-21
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 13 Leases (Continued)
| Year ending December 31 |
2022 | |||
| Cash flow information: |
||||
| Cash paid for amounts included in measurement of lease liabilities: |
||||
| Operating cash flows from operating leases |
86,682 | |||
| Lease assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities: |
||||
| Operating leases |
2,332,546 | |||
| Lease Term and Discount Rate: |
||||
| (in years) |
||||
| Weighted average remaining lease termOperating leases |
6 | |||
| Weighted average discount rateOperating leases |
2.0 | % | ||
Rent expense under the lease agreements totaled approximately $171,000 for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Note 14 Subsequent events and liquidity risk
Management has evaluated subsequent events through May 1, 2023, in connection with the preparation of these consolidated financial statements, which is the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
Cortland Credit Lending Corporation line of credit and term loan pay off
On April 28, 2023, the Company renegotiated the terms of its Senior Debt with Cortland Credit Lending Corporation. The agreement will pay off the senior-secured facility (both the line of credit and term loan) in ten installments from April 2023 through January 2024. The interest rate on the loan is a rate per annum equal to the greater of (a) 10.50% and, (b) the TD Bank US Prime Rate, plus 7.25%. The ten installment payments are $2,658,333 each plus interest thereon.
Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Companys cash flows from operations will not be sufficient for the Company to continue operating and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of operations. The Company is exposed to liquidity risk as its continued operation is dependent upon its ability to obtain financing, either in the form of debt or equity, or achieving profitable operations in order to satisfy its liabilities as they come due.
At December 31, 2022 the Company had negative working capital of $71,479,419. The Company expects to repay its financial liabilities in the normal course of operations and to fund future operational and capital requirements through operating cash flows and through issuance of debt and/or equity. As of April 30, 2023 the company has raised $107,235,852 of additional notes through its investor program in 2023 (see note 8).
The Company may need to conduct asset sales, which is not a planned course of action, and/or issuances of debt and/or equity if liquidity risk increases in a given period. The Company believes it has sufficient funds to meet foreseeable obligations by actively monitoring its credit facilities through use of the loans, asset sales, cost reductions and coordinating payment and revenue cycles.
F-22
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
Note 14 Subsequent events and liquidity risk (Continued)
Under the accounting guidance related to the presentation of financial statements, the Company is required to evaluate, whether or not the entitys current financial condition, including its sources of liquidity at the date that the consolidated financial statements are issued, will enable the entity to meet its obligations as they come due within one year of the date of the issuance of the Companys consolidated financial statements and to make a determination as to whether or not it is probable, under the application of this accounting guidance, that the entity will be able to continue as a going concern.
In applying applicable accounting guidance, management considered the Companys current financial condition and liquidity sources, including current funds available, forecasted future cash flows, the Companys obligations due over the next twelve months as well as the Companys recurring business operating expenses.
The Company is able to conclude that it is probable that the Company will be able to meet its obligations arising within one year of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements within the parameters set forth in the accounting guidance.
F-23
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULES
F-24
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
RECONCILIATION OF EARNINGS BEFORE INCOME TAXES, DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION (EBITDA) TO NET INCOME (LOSS) NON-GAAP
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
| Unaudited | ||||||||
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS |
||||||||
| Net Loss (Income) |
$ | (702,676 | ) | $ | (659,546 | ) | ||
| EXPENSES TO ADD BACK |
||||||||
| Depreciation, depletion, accretion, and amortization |
14,246,499 | 5,599,048 | ||||||
| Other depreciation, depletion, accretion and amortization |
90,519 | 8,482 | ||||||
| Interest expense |
10,989,671 | 1,669,930 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total expenses to add back |
25,326,689 | 7,277,460 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| OTHER FINANCIAL DATA |
||||||||
| EBITDA (1) |
$ | 24,624,013 | $ | 6,617,914 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| (1) | EBITDA is a non-GAAP supplemental financial measure used by management and by external users of financial statements such as investors, research analysts, and others, to assess the financial performance of our assets and their ability to sustain distributions over the long term without regard to financing methods, capital structure, or historical cost basis. |
EBITDA is defined as net income (loss) before interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation, depletion, and amortization.
EBITDA does not represent and should not be considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than, net income (loss), income from operations, cash flows from operating activities, or any other measure of financial performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP as measures of financial performance. EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool because it excludes some but not all items that affect net income (loss), the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure. The computation of EBITDA may differ from computations of similarly titled measures of other companies.
F-25
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULES OF SELLING, GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2022 AND DECEMBER 31, 2021
| Unaudited | ||||||||
| Year Ended December, 31 | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| SELLING, GENERAL, AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES |
||||||||
| Guaranteed payments |
$ | 3,770,121 | $ | 1,087,699 | ||||
| Office supplies, equipment, and software |
661,595 | 234,577 | ||||||
| Rent |
434,719 | 171,365 | ||||||
| Bank charges and fees |
545,450 | 551,177 | ||||||
| Dues and subscriptions |
44,922 | 10,020 | ||||||
| Shipping, freight, and delivery |
100,867 | 27,171 | ||||||
| Other |
824,446 | 115,726 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total selling, general, and administrative expenses |
$ | 6,382,120 | $ | 2,197,735 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
F-26
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC.
SUPPLEMENTAL OIL AND GAS DISCLOSURES - UNAUDITED
Geographic Area of Operations
All of the Companys proved reserves are located within the continental United States, with the majority concentrated in Texas, North Dakota and Colorado.
Costs Incurred in Oil and Natural Gas Property Acquisitions and Development Activities
Costs incurred in oil and natural gas property acquisition and development, whether capitalized or expensed, are presented below:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Acquisition Costs of Properties |
||||||||
| Proved1 |
$ | 35,998,015 | $ | 26,695,772 | ||||
| Unproved2 |
43,358,628 | 343,226 | ||||||
| Development Costs |
37,691,544 | 8,253,459 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
$ | 117,048,187 | $ | 35,292,457 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| 1 | Proved properties in 2022 are exclusive of what would otherwise be proved undeveloped properties in accordance with SEC guidelines due to moving oil and gas reserves reporting and analysis internally in late Q1 2023. |
| 2 | Unproved properties in 2022 are inclusive of what would otherwise be proved undeveloped properties in accordance with SEC guidelines due to moving oil and gas reserves reporting and analysis internally in late Q1 2023. |
Property acquisition costs include costs incurred to purchase, lease or otherwise acquire a property. Development costs include costs incurred to gain access to and prepare development well locations for drilling, to drill and equip development wells, and to provide facilities to extract, treat and gather natural gas.
Oil and Natural Gas Capitalized Costs
Aggregate capitalized costs related to oil and natural gas production activities with applicable accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization including impairments, are presented below:
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Proved properties |
$ | 123,423,987 | $ | 48,423,233 | ||||
| Unproved properties |
41,827,688 | 858,502 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Total |
165,251,675 | 49,281,735 | ||||||
| Accumulated depreciation, depletion, amortization, and impairment |
$ | (22,838,039 | ) | $ | (8,592,334 | ) | ||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Oil and natural gas properties, net |
$ | 142,413,636 | $ | 40,689,401 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Oil and Natural Gas Reserve Information
The following table sets forth estimated net quantities of the Companys proved developed oil and natural gas reserves. Estimated reserves for the periods presented are based on the unweighted average of first-day-of-the-month commodity prices over the period January through December for the year in accordance with definitions and guidelines set forth by the SEC and the FASB. For estimates of oil reserves, the average
F-27
WTI spot oil prices used were $94.14, and $66.55 per barrel as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These average prices are adjusted for quality, transportation fees, and market differentials. For estimates of natural gas reserves, the average Henry Hub prices used were $6.357, and $3.598 per MMBTU as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. These average prices are adjusted for energy content, transportation fees, and market differentials.
The Company does not estimate the quantity or perceived cashflow of proved undeveloped reserves for financial reporting purposes. The Company does not have the ability to accurately estimate when or if undeveloped reserves under its holdings will be extracted and instead takes the conservative approach of only estimating the reserves that are either currently producing or have a clear line of sight to being extracted.
| Crude Oil (bbl) |
Natural Gas (Mcf) |
Total (BOE) |
||||||||||
| Net proved reserves at December 31, 2020 |
388,930 | 785,041 | 519,770 | |||||||||
| Revisions of previous estimates 1 |
33,059 | 66,728 | 44,180 | |||||||||
| Purchases of minerals in place 2 |
1,886,701 | 3,573,449 | 2,482,276 | |||||||||
| Production |
(203,532 | ) | (452,293 | ) | (278,914 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net proved reserves at December 31, 2021 |
2,105,158 | 3,972,925 | 2,767,312 | |||||||||
| Revisions of previous estimates 1 |
944,395 | 2,378,571 | 1,340,824 | |||||||||
| Purchases of minerals in place 2 |
1,165,585 | 2,331,222 | 1,554,122 | |||||||||
| Production |
(523,416 | ) | (1,058,506 | ) | (699,834 | ) | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
| Net proved reserves at December 31, 2022 |
3,691,722 | 7,624,212 | 4,962,424 | |||||||||
| 1 | Revisions of previous estimates on evaluated properties include new well reserve additions on existing ownership, technical revisions due to changes in commodity prices and well performance relative to type curve. |
| 2 | Includes the acquisition and development costs of approx. $13.5mm in 2020, $35.3mm in 2021 and $117.1mm in 2022 of mineral, royalty and leasehold reserves primarily in the Williston, DJ, Powder River and Permian Basins. |
Year Ended December 31, 2021
At December 31, 2021, the Companys proved reserves of 2,767 MBoe increased approximately 2,248 MBoe from December 31, 2020 as a result of purchases of minerals in place of 2,482 MBoe, positive technical revisions of 104 MBoe due to changes in commodity prices offset by a decrease of 60 MBoe due to well performance relative to type curve and production of 279 MBoe.
Year Ended December 31, 2022
At December 31, 2022, the Companys proved reserves of 4,962 MBoe increased approximately 2,195 MBoe from December 31, 2021 as a result of purchases of minerals in place of 1,554 MBoe, new well reserve additions on existing ownership of 75 MBoe, positive technical revisions of 969 MBoe due to changes in commodity prices and positive revisions of 297 MBoe due to well performance relative to type curve offset by production of 700 MBoe.
Standardized Measure of Discounted Future Net Cash Flows
Future cash inflows represent expected revenues from production of period-end quantities of proved reserves based on the 12-month unweighted average of first-day-of-the-month commodity prices for the periods presented. All prices are adjusted by field for quality, transportation fees, energy content and regional price differentials. Future cash inflows are computed by applying applicable prices relating to the Companys proved
F-28
reserves to the year-end quantities of those reserves. Future production, development, site restoration and abandonment costs are derived based on current costs assuming continuation of existing economic conditions.
| Year Ended December 31, | ||||||||
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Future cash inflows |
$ | 381,493,373 | $ | 166,430,539 | ||||
| Future production costs |
(74,897,028 | ) | (30,482,959 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Future net cash flows |
306,596,345 | 135,947,580 | ||||||
| Less 10% annual discount to reflect timing of cash flows |
(116,711,653 | ) | (39,311,937 | ) | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| Standard measure of discounted future net cash flows |
$ | 189,884,692 | $ | 96,635,643 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Changes in the Standardized Measure for Discounted Cash Flows
| 2022 | 2021 | |||||||
| Beginning of the year |
$ | 96,635,643 | $ | 14,229,007 | ||||
| Net change in sales and transfer prices and in production (lifting) costs related to future production |
| | ||||||
| Changes in the estimated future development costs |
| | ||||||
| Sales and transfers of oil and gas produced during the period |
(57,562,957 | ) | (736,442 | ) | ||||
| Net change due to extensions, discoveries, and improved recovery |
3,134,020 | | ||||||
| Net change due to purchases and sales of minerals in place |
57,621,882 | 80,623,928 | ||||||
| Net change due to revisions in quantity estimates |
83,101,161 | 2,117,000 | ||||||
| Previously estimated development costs incurred during the period |
| 314,685 | ||||||
| Accretion of discount |
6,954,943 | 87,465 | ||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| End of the year |
$ | 189,884,692 | $ | 96,635,643 | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
The data presented should not be viewed as representing the expected cash flow from, or current value of, existing proved reserves since the computations are based on a significant amount of estimations and assumptions. The required projection of production and related expenditures over time requires further estimates with respect to pipeline availability, rates of demand and governmental control. Actual future prices and costs are likely to be substantially different from historical prices and costs utilized in the computation of reported amounts. Any analysis or evaluation of the reported amounts should give specific recognition to the computational methods utilized and the limitations inherent therein.
F-29
Selected Quarterly Financial Information Unaudited
Quarterly financial data was as follows for the periods indicated.
| First Quarter | Second Quarter | Third Quarter | Fourth Quarter |
|||||||||||||
| 2022 |
||||||||||||||||
| Total Revenue |
$ | 9,662,022 | $ | 14,858,143 | $ | 15,642,600 | $ | 17,400,192 | ||||||||
| Net Income |
1,477,728 | 904,663 | 445,210 | (3,530,287 | ) | |||||||||||
| Total Assets |
56,467,881 | 82,144,824 | 112,365,784 | 155,030,215 | ||||||||||||
| Total Liabilities |
52,186,659 | 76,758,939 | 106,534,689 | 152,729,406 | ||||||||||||
| Total Equity |
$ | 4,281,222 | $ | 5,385,885 | $ | 5,831,095 | $ | 2,300,809 | ||||||||
| 2021 |
||||||||||||||||
| Total Revenue |
$ | 1,856,014 | $ | 3,688,492 | $ | 3,700,340 | $ | 4,531,608 | ||||||||
| Net Income |
(17,438 | ) | 957,508 | 179,383 | (1,778,998 | ) | ||||||||||
| Total Assets |
11,306,602 | 13,416,206 | 23,827,611 | 42,832,674 | ||||||||||||
| Total Liabilities |
7,581,001 | 8,883,096 | 19,015,119 | 39,924,179 | ||||||||||||
| Total Equity |
$ | 3,725,601 | $ | 4,533,110 | $ | 4,812,492 | $ | 2,908,495 | ||||||||
F-30
PART III - EXHIBITS
EXHIBIT INDEX
| * | Previously filed |
| ** | Included with the legal opinion provided pursuant to item (12) |
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, the issuer certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 1-A and has duly caused this offering statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in City of Los Angeles of California on September 6, 2023.
| Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company | ||
| By: | /s/ Lindsey Wilson | |
| Name: | Lindsey Wilson | |
| Title: | Sole Manager and Chief Operating Officer | |
| Date: | September 6, 2023 | |
Pursuant to the requirements of Regulation A, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the issuer and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
| By: | /s/ Lindsey Wilson | |
| Name: | Lindsey Wilson | |
| Its: | Sole Manager and Principal Executive Officer | |
| Date: | September 6, 2023 | |
| By: | /s/ Curtis Allen | |
| Name: | Curtis Allen | |
| Its: | Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer | |
| Date: | September 6, 2023 | |
Exhibit (2)(b)
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
THIS LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC (the Company), a Delaware limited liability company, is made and entered into effective as of April 23, 2019, by and among Lion of Judah Capital, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (LJC, LLC), Christie Masone (Masone), Lindsey Wilson (Wilson) and Adam Josephson (Josephson) as the Members.
In consideration of the mutual representations, warranties, covenants, promises, and agreements contained in this Agreement, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
| 1. | Name, Business Office and Agent for Service |
1.1 Name. The name of the Company is Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC.
1.2 Principal Place of Business. The Companys principal place of business is 855 North Douglas Street, 2nd Floor Box #4, El Segundo, CA 90245, or such other place or places as the Manager may hereafter determine.
1.3 Agent for Service. The name and address of the Companys registered agent is provided in the Certificate of Formation. The Manager may, at any time and without the Approval of the Members, change (a) the address of the Companys principal office by giving notice of the new address to the Members at least five (5) Business Days before that change is to take place or (b) the address of the Companys registered office in Delaware, the Companys registered agent or the name or address of the Companys registered agent.
| 2. | Definitions and Glossary of Terms. |
The following terms or words, which have their first letter capitalized, used in this Agreement shall have the following meanings:
Act means the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act, 6 Del. C. §§ 18-101, et seq., as amended from time to time (or any corresponding provisions of succeeding Law).
Additional Capital Contribution is defined in Paragraph 5.2.1.
Affiliate means, with respect to any Person (i) any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Person (ii) any officer, director, general Member, member or trustee of such Person or (iii) any Person who is an officer, director, general partner, member or trustee of any Person described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence.
1
For the purposes of this definition, the terms controlling, controlled by or under common control with shall mean the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person or entity, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise, or the power to elect at least fifty percent (50%) of the directors, managers, general partners, or persons exercising similar authority with respect to such Person or entities.
Agreement or Limited Liability Company Agreement shall mean this Limited Liability Company Agreement, as amended in writing from time to time.
Allocation Year means (i) the period commencing on the effective date of this Agreement and ending on the last day of the Companys taxable year, (ii) any subsequent period commencing on the first day of the Companys taxable year and ending on the following last day of the Companys taxable year, or (iii) any portion of the period described in clause (ii) for which the Company is required to allocate Profits, Losses, and other items of Company income, gam, loss, or deduction pursuant to Paragraph 10.
Appraisal Rights means the right of an Equity Owner, whether or not entitled to vote under this Agreement, to dissent from a proposed Company action and obtain payment of the fair value of such Equity Owners Interest in the Company.
Approval means, with respect to a Member, either the affirmative vote of that Member at a meeting of the Members, or the written consent of that Member, for the Company, the manager, or the Members to take the action for which the vote or written consent is given. To be Approved by, or receive the Approval of, the Members means, with respect to a decision or action to be made or taken by the Members, that the decision or action receiving the level of Approval of all the Members required under this Agreement.
Assignee shall mean a Person who holds an Economic Interest but has not been admitted as a Member.
Bankruptcy means, with respect to any Person, a Voluntary Bankruptcy or an Involuntary Bankruptcy. A Voluntary Bankruptcy means, with respect to any Person, that Person (a) commencing (or consenting to the commencement of) a proceeding or filing an answer or other pleading that consents to a proceeding concerning either that Persons insolvency or the adjustment of that Persons debts; (b) seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the liquidation, winding up, dissolution, reorganization, rearrangement, adjustment, protection, composition, or other relief for that Person or that Persons debts under any Bankruptcy Law; (c) seeking, consenting to, or acquiescing in the entry of any Order for Relief or the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, or other similar official for that Person or all or any substantial part of that Persons property under any Bankruptcy Law; (d) making a general assignment for the benefit of that Persons creditors; or (e) taking, with respect to an Entity, any action by the decision-makers of that Entity to authorize any of the foregoing. An Involuntary Bankruptcy means, with respect to any Person, (a) the entry of an Order for Relief or other Order approving a petition or other pleading for relief or reorganization or any other petition or filing seeking any liquidation, winding up, dissolution, reorganization, rearrangement, adjustment, composition or
2
other similar relief against that Person under any Bankruptcy Law without the consent of or acquiescence by that Person, (b) the filing for an Order described in the preceding clause (a) against that Person unless that filing is dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date that it is made; (c) the entry of an Order under any Bankruptcy Law appointing a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, or other similar official for that Person or of all or any substantial part of that Persons property, unless that Order is dismissed within sixty (60) days of the date it is entered; or (d) the failure by that Person generally to pay that Persons debts as they become due within the meaning of Section 303(h)(I) of the Bankruptcy Code. For purposes of this definition of Bankruptcy, Order for Relief means an Order entered under Section 301 or 303(h) of the Bankruptcy Code.
Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks and savings and loan institutions in Denver, Colorado are not open for business.
Capital Account shall mean, with respect to any Member, the Capital Account maintained in accordance with Paragraph 8.1.
Capital Contribution shall mean, with respect to any Member, the amount of money and the initial Gross Asset Value of any property (other than money) contributed to the capital of the Company by a Member (or its predecessors in interest) with respect to the Interest in the Company held by such Person whenever made.
Cash Reserve is defined in Paragraph 9.2.
Certificate of Formation means the Certificate of Formation of the Company filed in the office of the Secretary of State of Delaware in the manner required by the Act to form the Company, as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or corresponding provisions of subsequent Federal revenue laws.
Company shall refer to Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC.
Company Business shall refer to the business of the Company as more fully defined in Paragraph 3.1 of this Agreement.
Company Minimum Gain has the meaning set forth in Section l.704-2(b)(2) of the Regulations.
Company Office shall refer to the office which the Company shall at all times maintain at which certain records, documents and information must at all times be maintained pursuant to the Act.
Company Opportunity is defined in Paragraph 19.2.
Company Property means all real and personal property acquired by the Company, including cash, and any improvements thereto, and shall include both tangible and intangible property.
3
Covered Person means each of the Manager, Equity Owners, organizer, Tax Matters Partner and Company Representative.
Deficit Capital Account shall mean with respect to any Member, the deficit balance, if any, in such Members Capital Account as of the end of the taxable year, after giving effect to the following adjustments; (i) credit to such Capital Account any amount which such Member is obligated to restore under Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(c) of the Treasury Regulations, as well as any addition thereto pursuant to the next to last sentence of Sections 1.704-2(g)(l) and (i)(5) of the Treasury Regulations, after taking into account thereunder any changes during such year in partnership minimum gain (as determined in accordance with Section l.704-2(d) of the Treasury Regulations) and in the minimum gain attributable to any partner nonrecourse debt (as determined under Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Treasury Regulations; and (ii) debit to such Capital Account the items described in Sections 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5) and (6) of the Treasury Regulations.
This definition of Deficit Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulations Section l.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(d) and 1.704-2, and will be interpreted consistently with those provisions.
Depreciation means, for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction allowable with respect to an asset for such fiscal year, except that if the Gross Asset Value of an asset differs from its adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes at the beginning of such fiscal year, Depreciation shall be an amount which bears the same ratio to such beginning Gross Asset Value as the federal income tax depreciation, amortization, or other cost recovery deduction for such fiscal year bears to such beginning adjusted tax basis; provided, however, that if the adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes of an asset at the beginning of such fiscal year is zero, Depreciation shall be determined with reference to such beginning Gross Asset Value using any reasonable method selected by the Manager.
Derivative Sharing Ratio means with respect to each Equity Owner the allocation of Profit for the Fiscal Year which amount of Profit reflects the deduction of guaranteed payments made to the Equity Owners, or such other period of time for which the calculation is being made, that when added to the amount of guaranteed payments made to such Equity Owner, if any, during such period of time is equal to the amount of Profit that would have been allocated to such Equity Owner had the guaranteed payments not been deductible in calculating Profits to be allocated and such Profits were allocated in accordance with each Equity Owners Sharing Ratio. In the case of allocations of Losses and distributions of Distributable Cash and Tax Advances this concept shall be applied in a reasonable manner as determined by LJC, LLC to determine the relative allocation of Losses and distributions to the Equity Holders so as to carry out the intent of the provision.
Distributable Cash means all cash, revenues and funds received by the Company, less the sum of the following to the extent paid or set aside by the Company:
(i) All principal and interest payments on indebtedness of the Company and all other sums paid to lenders;
4
(ii) All cash expenditures incurred incident to the normal operation of the Companys business;
(iii) The Cash Reserve.
Economic Interest of an Equity Owner means only that Equity Owners right under this Agreement and applicable Law to (a) share in the profits and losses of the Company (including Profits and Losses and all items of income, gain, expense, deduction, and loss allocated hereunder that are not included in the Companys Profits) and (b) receive distributions of the Companys assets pursuant to this Agreement and the Act, but shall not include (i) any right to participate in the management or affairs of the Company, including, the right to vote on, consent to, or otherwise participate in any decision of the Members or the Manager; (ii) any right to any information or accounting of the affairs of the Company; (iii) the right to inspect the books or records of the Company; or (iv) or any other rights of Members under the Act or this Agreement.
Economic Interest Owner means the owner of an Economic Interest who is not a Member. An Economic Interest Owner is sometimes referred to as an Assignee.
Encumber means, with respect to particular property and any Person, that Person causing there to be an Encumbrance on, or with respect to, that property.
Encumbrance means any lien, mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, collateral assignment, security interest, option, right of first refusal or offer, hypothecation, or other encumbrance.
Equity Owner means an Assignee or a Member.
Event of Insolvency shall mean when any Member: (i) petitions for, obtains or as a result of its petition or other affirmative act becomes subject to an order for relief under the federal bankruptcy code; (ii) petitions for, obtains or as a result of its petition or other affirmative act becomes subject to an order, judgment or decree of insolvency under state Law; (iii) makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors (iv) consents to or suffers the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator to any substantial part of its assets that is not vacated within sixty (60) days; or (v) consents to or suffers an attachment or execution on any substantial part of its assets that is not released within sixty (60) days.
Governmental Authority means any federal, state, local, foreign, or other governmental or quasi governmental authority and any governmental, or other department, commission, body, board, bureau, agency, association, subdivision, court, tribunal, or other instrumentality exercising any executive, judicial, legislative, regulatory or administrative function.
Gross Asset Value means with respect to any asset, the assets adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, except as follows:
(i) The initial Gross Asset Value of any asset contributed by a Member to the Company shall be the gross fair market value of such asset, as determined by the Manager and the contributing Member, provided that, if the Manager is the contributing Member, the determination of the fair market value of the contributed asset shall require the consent of a majority of the other Members, and further provided that the initial Gross Asset Values of the assets contributed to the Company pursuant to Paragraph 5.1 hereof shall be as set forth in such Paragraph;
5
(ii) The Gross Asset Values of all Company assets shall be adjusted to equal their respective gross fair market values (taking Code Section 7701 (g) into account, as determined by the Manager as of the following times: (A) the acquisition of an additional interest in the Company by any new or existing Member in exchange for more than a de minimis Capital Contribution; (B) the distribution by the Company to a Member of more than a de minimis amount of Company Property as consideration for an interest in the Company; (C) the liquidation of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g) (other than pursuant to Code Section 708(b)(1)(B)); (D) and in connection with the grant of an interest in the Company (other than a de minimis interest) as consideration for the provision of services to or for the benefit of the Company by an existing Member acting in a member capacity, or by a new Member acting in a partner capacity in anticipation of being a Member; and (E) in connection with the issuance by the Company of a noncompensatory option (other than an option for a de minimis interest in the Company) provided that an adjustment described in clauses (A),(B), (D) and (E) of this subparagraph shall be made only if the Manager reasonably determines that such adjustment is necessary to reflect the relative economic interests of the Members in the Company. When the Gross Asset Values of all Company assets are adjusted as provided in this subparagraph corresponding adjustments shall be made to the Capital Accounts of the Equity Owners m accordance with Regulation Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(iv)(f).
(iii) The Gross Asset Value of any item of Company assets distributed to any Member shall be adjusted to equal the gross fair market value (taking Code Section 7701 (g) into account) of such asset on the date of distribution as determined by the Members; and
(iv) The Gross Asset Values of Company assets shall be increased (or decreased) to reflect any adjustments to the adjusted basis of such assets pursuant to Code Section 734(b) or Code Section 743(b), but only to the extent that such adjustments are taken into account in determining Capital Accounts pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1 (b)(2)(iv)(m) and subparagraph (vi) of the definition of Profits and Losses or Paragraph 8.2.1 hereof; provided, however, that Gross Asset Values shall not be adjusted pursuant to this subparagraph (iv) to the extent that an adjustment pursuant to subparagraph (ii) is required in connection with a transaction that would otherwise result in an adjustment pursuant to this subparagraph (iv).
If the Gross Asset Value of an asset has been determined or adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (ii) or (iv), such Gross Asset Value shall thereafter be adjusted by the Depreciation taken into account with respect to such asset, for purposes of computing Profits and Losses.
Incapacity of a Member means, with regard to a Member who is also providing services to the Company similar to what a non-owner employee would do, a Members inability, by reason of accident or illness, to carry on the duties and functions, exercise the responsibilities, and/or discharge the obligations of employment with the Company, for a period of 30 days within a 365 day period, whether or not continuous, in accordance with his/her previous experience of employment with the Corporation. Such determination shall be made by the mutual agreement of the parties hereto, or in the event such agreement cannot be reached within thirty (30) days of the event resulting in such inability, by the following procedure.
6
(a) If the Company then has a disability income or disability buy-out policy covering the Member, the definition set forth in such policy shall control, provided the issuing insurance company agrees to commence disability buy-out or income payments as a result of such permanent and total disability.
(b) If the Company does not then have a disability income or buy-out policy covering the Member:
(i) Each party shall select an independent physician who shall examine the subject Member. The mutual agreement of the two examining physicians shall control, and their opinion shall be binding on the parties. If the two physicians cannot agree, those physicians shall select a third physician to examine the subject Member. The majority opinion of those three physicians shall control, and their decision shall be binding on the parties.
(ii) If any of the physicians are not able to provide their opinion to the Company due to privacy laws or other such obstacles that the Member is not able or willing to remove by giving the appropriate consents, then the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC shall make the determination regarding the subject Members condition based on the information available to them in their sole discretion, and the Managers determination shall be binding on the parties. The decision of LJC, LLC shall control if it is the Manager who is the subject of this disability determination.
Initial Capital Contribution is defined in Paragraph 5.1.
Interest of an Equity Owner as of a particular time means the entire ownership interest of that Equity Owner in the Company at that time, including all benefits to which the owner of that ownership interest is entitled under this Agreement and applicable Law, together with the obligations of such Equity Owner under this Agreement and applicable Law, with respect to that ownership interest.
Law means any federal, state, local, foreign, or other constitution, statute, treaty, ordinance, rule, regulation, regulatory, or administrative guidance, principle of common Law or equity, order, or other Law, requirement or standard promulgated by Governmental Authority.
LJC, LLCs Intangible Capital Contribution is defined on Exhibit A to this Agreement.
Losses -see definition of Profits and Losses below.
Majority Interest shall mean one or more Members whose Sharing Ratios taken together exceeds 50% of the aggregate of all Sharing Ratios of the Members.
7
Manager shall refer to the Person appointed or elected pursuant to Paragraph 11.
Members shall refer collectively to those Persons who initially sign this Agreement as a Member or any subsequent Member admitted under the terms of this Agreement. Reference to a Member shall be to any one of the Members.
Member Nonrecourse Debt has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(4) of the Regulations.
Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain means an amount, with respect to each Member Nonrecourse Debt, equal to the Company Minimum Gain that would result if such Member Nonrecourse Debt were treated as a Nonrecourse Liability, determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(3) of the Regulations.
Member Nonrecourse Deductions has the meaning set forth in Sections 1.704-2(i)(l) and 1.704-2(i)(2) of the Regulations.
Net Pre-Contribution Gain is defined in Paragraph 8.2.8.
Nonrecourse Deductions has the meaning set forth in Section 1.704-2(b)(1) of the Regulations.
Nonrecourse Liability has the meaning set forth m Section l.704-2(b)(3) of the Regulations.
Organization Expenses shall refer to those expenses incurred in connection with the organization and formation of the Company, including reasonable legal, accounting, escrow holder and depositary fees.
Percentage Interest means an Equity Owners Interest, expressed as a percentage equal to such Equity Owners Sharing Ratio. At all times, the sum of the Percentage Interests will equal one hundred percent (100%).
Permitted Transfer is defined in Paragraph 16.2.
Person means any individual, partnership, corporation, trust, limited liability company, or other entity.
Preferred Return means with respect to LJC, LLC, a sum equal to (i) ten percent (10%) per annum, compounded to the extent not distributed in any calendar year, determined on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which LJC, LLCs Preferred Return is being determined, of the average daily balance of such Members Unreturned Capital from time to time during the period to which the Preferred Return relates, commencing on the date LJC, LLC makes its Initial Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.2, as determined from the books and records of the Company.
8
Profits and Losses for each fiscal year, an amount equal to the Companys taxable income or loss for such fiscal year, determined in accordance with Code Section 703(a) (for this purpose, all items of income, gain, loss, or deduction required to be stated separately pursuant to Code Section 703(a)(l) shall be included in taxable income or loss), with the following adjustments (without duplication):
(i) Any income of the Company that is exempt from federal income tax and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses shall be added to such taxable income or loss;
(ii) Any expenditures of the Company described in Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) or treated as Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditures pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i), and not otherwise taken into account in computing Profits or Losses pursuant to this definition of Profits and Losses shall be subtracted from such taxable income or loss;
(iii) In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraphs (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) or an item of loss (if the adjustment decreases the Gross Asset Value of the asset) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses;
(iv) Gain or loss resulting from any disposition of Company Property with respect to which gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes shall be computed by reference to the Gross Asset Value of the Company Property disposed of, notwithstanding that the adjusted tax basis of such Company Property differs from its Gross Asset Value;
(v) In lieu of the depreciation, amortization, and other cost recovery deductions taken into account in computing such taxable income or loss, there shall be taken into account Depreciation for such Allocation Year, computed in accordance with the definition of Depreciation;
(vi) To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Company asset pursuant to Code Section 734(b) is required, pursuant to Regulations Section 1.704-(b)(2)(iv)(m)(4), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts as a result of a distribution other than in liquidation of a Members interest in the Company, the amount of such adjustment shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis) from the disposition of such asset and shall be taken into account for purposes of computing Profits or Losses; and
(vii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this definition, any items which are specially allocated pursuant to Paragraph 8.2 hereof shall not be taken into account in computing Profits or Losses.
9
The amounts of the items of Company income, gain, loss or deduction available to be specially allocated pursuant to Paragraph 8.2 hereof shall be determined by applying rules analogous to those set forth in subparagraphs (i) through (vi) above.
Regulatory Provisions is defined in Paragraph 8.3.
Sharing Ratio means the ratio with respect to each Member designated as such on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement, subject to adjustment as provided in this Agreement.
Super-Majority Interest shall mean one or more Members whose Sharing Ratios taken together equals at least 75% of the aggregate of all Sharing Ratios of the Members.
Transfer means (a) as a noun, the transfer of legal, equitable, or beneficial ownership by sale, exchange, assignment, gift, donation, grant, or other conveyance or disposition of any kind, whether voluntary or involuntary, including transfers by operation of Law or legal process and includes, with respect to an Equity Owner, any (i) appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator, custodian, or other similar official for that Equity Owner or all or any part of the property of that Equity Owner under any Bankruptcy Law, (ii) gift, donation, transfer by will or intestacy or other similar type of transfer or disposition, whether inter vivos or mortis causa, arid (iii) any other transfer or disposition to a spouse or former spouse (including by reason of a separation agreement or divorce, equitable or community or marital property distribution, judicial decree or other court Order concerning the division or partition of property between spouses or former spouses or other persons); and (b) as a verb, the act of making any Transfer.
Unreturned Capital means, for LJC, LLC as of any date, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of (A) LJC, LLCs Initial Capital Contribution; provided, however, for purpose of calculating Unreturned Capital LJC, LLCs Intangible Capital Contribution shall be valued at only $75,000 resulting in LJC, LLCs initial Unreturned Capital being $175,000, and (B) any Additional Capital Contributions made by LJC, LLC pursuant to Paragraph 5.2 over (ii) the cumulative amount of money and the Gross Asset Value of any Property (other than money) distributed to LJC, LLC pursuant to Paragraph 9.1, 9.4 and 19.2 as of such date with LJC, LLCs Intangible Capital Contribution being valued as provided above in this definition.
2.1 Other Definitions. To the extent terms are not otherwise defined in this Agreement, they shall be defined in accordance with the Act.
| 3. | Company Business and Purpose. The Company is formed to (a) acquire mineral and leasehold interests in real property; (b) to engage in other lawful activities that are related, or necessary or useful, to the furtherance of the foregoing; and (c) to do all things incidental thereto. |
| 4. | Formation and Term |
4.1 Formation. The Members hereby agree to form the Company as a limited liability company pursuant to the Act and shall operate pursuant to such Certificate of Formation and this Agreement of the Members. Prior to the time the Certificate of Formation are filed, no person shall represent to third parties the existence of the Company or hold himself out as a Member.
10
4.2 Term. This Company shall remain in existence until dissolved as provided in this Agreement or by Law, whichever occurs first.
| 5. | Company Capital |
5.1 Initial Capital Contributions and Interests. Each Member shall make the Initial Capital Contribution described for that Member on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement at the time and on the terms specified thereon and shall have the initial Sharing Ratio as set forth for such Member on Exhibit A.
5.2 Additional Capital Contributions. No Member shall be obligated to contribute capital in excess of the Initial Capital Contributions (Additional Capital Contributions) without unanimous written Member Approval. Any such Additional Capital Contributions shall be made by the Members pro rata in the proportion that each Members Sharing Ratio bears to the sum of the Sharing Ratios of all Members, as the same may be adjusted from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LJC, LLC may from time to time contribute, but shall not be obligated to do so, additional capital to the Company in such amounts as it determines is necessary or convenient for the Company. Such contributions shall not change the Sharing Ratios of the Equity Owners, shall constitute Additional Capital Contributions under this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt Unreturned Capital. If the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC determines that the Company needs additional funds, but Additional Capital Contributions are not approved by the Members and not made by LJC, LLC, the Company may borrow such funds from any Member, Members, or other Persons, upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed to at that time. No such loan to the Company from a Member shall be deemed to constitute a Capital Contribution to the Company and shall not increase the Capital Account(s) of the Member(s) making the loan.
5.3 Loans by Members to Company. With the consent of LJC, LLC, any Member may loan money to, act as surety for, or transact other business with the Company and, subject to other applicable Law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect thereto as a person who is not a Member, but no such transaction shall be deemed to constitute a Capital Contribution to the Company and shall not increase the Capital Account of any person engaging in any such transaction.
5.4 No Interest on Capital Accounts. No Member shall be entitled to receive interest on its Capital Account, and none shall be paid.
5.5 No Third-Party Rights. The right of the Company or the Members to require any Additional Capital Contributions under the terms of this Agreement shall not be construed as conferring any rights or benefits to or upon any person not a party to this Agreement or the holder of any obligations secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, security interest or other lien or encumbrance upon or affecting the Company, the Property or any interest of a Member therein or any part thereof.
11
| 6. | Other Agreements. |
6.1 Representations and Warranties.
6.1.1 Each Member represents and warrants to the Company and the Manager that the Members acquisition of a Membership Interest under this Agreement is made as principal for the Members own account and not for resale or distribution of the Membership Interest. Each Member further agrees that the following legend may be placed on any counterpart of this Agreement, or any other document or instrument evidencing ownership of a Membership Interest:
THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST REPRESENTED BY THIS DOCUMENT HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER ANY SECURITIES LAWS AND THE TRANSFERABILITY OF SUCH INTEREST IS RESTRICTED. SUCH INTEREST MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, OR TRANSFERRED, NOR WILL ANY ASSIGNEE, VENDEE, TRANSFEREE, OR ENDORSEE THEREOF BE RECOGNIZED AS HAVING ACQUIRED ANY SUCH INTEREST BY THE ISSUER FOR ANY PURPOSES, UNLESS (I) A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, WITH RESPECT TO SUCH INTEREST SHALL THEN BE IN EFFECT AND SUCH TRANSFER HAS BEEN QUALIFIED UNDER ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR (2) THE AVAILABILITY OF AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION AND QUALIFICATION SHALL BE ESTABLISHED TO THE SATISFACTION OF COUNSEL TO THE COMPANY.
THE MEMBERSHIP INTEREST REPRESENTED BY THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO FURTHER RESTRICTION AS TO ITS SALE, TRANSFER, HYPOTHECATION, OR ASSIGNMENT AS SET FORTH IN THE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT AND AGREED TO BY EACH MEMBER. SAID RESTRICTION PROVIDES, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THAT NO INTEREST MAY BE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT FIRST OFFERING SUCH INTEREST TO THE OTHER MEMBERS, AND THAT NO VENDEE, TRANSFEREE, ASSIGNEE, OR ENDORSEE OF A MEMBER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO BECOME A SUBSTITUTED MEMBER WITHOUT THE APPROVAL OF THE UNANIMOUS WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE REMAINING MEMBERS.
6.1.2 Each Member covenants and agrees with the Company for the benefit of the Company and all Members, that (i) it is not currently making a market in Membership Interests and will not in the future make a market in Membership Interests, (ii) it will not Transfer its Membership Interest on an established securities market, a secondary market (or its substantial equivalent) within the meaning of IRC 7704(b) (and any Regulations, proposed Regulations, Revenue Rulings, or other official pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service or Treasury Department that may be promulgated or published under that Code section, and (iii) in the event those Regulations, Revenue Rulings, or other pronouncements treat any or all arrangements which facilitate the selling of partnership or limited liability company interests and which are commonly referred to as matching services as being a secondary market or a substantial equivalent, it will not Transfer any Interest through a matching service that is not approved in advance by the Company. Each Member further agrees that it will not Transfer any Membership Interest to any person or entity unless that person or entity agrees to be bound by this Paragraph 6.1.2 and to Transfer the Membership Interest only to persons or entities who or which agree to be similarly bound.
12
6.2 Member Services and Guaranteed Payments.
6.2.1 Masone. Masone will hold the position of President of Acquisitions. His duties will primarily consist of soliciting acquisition opportunities through the Companys internal ownership data, calling minerals owners in the Companys areas of interest so gauge their interest level in a possible sale or lease. In consideration of the services to be performed by Masone as set forth in this Agreement, commencing with the month the actual operation of the Company begins the Company shall pay the sum of One Hundred Sixty-Eight Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($168,000.00) annually to Masone in equal monthly installments of $14,000. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.2 Wilson. Wilson will hold the position of Chief Executive Officer and Manager, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11. In consideration of the services to be performed by Wilson as set forth in this Agreement, commencing with the month the actual operation of the Company begins the Company shall pay the sum of Fifty-Eight Thousand Eight Hundred and 00/100 Dollars ($58,800.00) annually to Wilson in equal monthly installments of $4,900. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.3 Josephson. Josephson will hold the position of VP of Land and Title. His duties will primarily consist of running title in the Companys areas of interest. In consideration of the services to be performed by Josephson as set forth in this Agreement, commencing with the month the actual operation of the Company begins the Company shall pay the sum of Seventy-Two Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($72,000.00) annually to Josephson in equal monthly installments of $6,000. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.4 New Members. The Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC may provide for guaranteed payments to be made to any new Members admitted to the Company on such terms as the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC shall determine without the necessity of amending this Agreement.
6.3 Return of LJC, LLCs Intangible Capital Contribution. In the event the Company is dissolved and liquidated or LJC, LLCs Interest is redeemed, the Company shall return LJC, LLCs Intangible Capital Contribution to LJC, LLC and the propertys value for these purposes shall be the value set forth on Exhibit A at the time of contribution.
13
7. Company Expenses. The Company shall not be obligated and the Members will be solely responsible and obligated for paying and will not be reimbursed by the Company for the following:
(i) salaries, compensation and fringe benefits of officers and directors and employees of the Members or Affiliates; or (ii) overhead expenses of the Members or Affiliates including rent and general office expenses.
| 8. | Capital Accounts. |
8.1 In General. A separate capital account shall be maintained for each Equity Owner throughout the term of this Agreement and shall consist of the sum of any contributions of cash or property made by that Equity Owner to the capital of the Company. Each Equity Owners Capital Account shall be determined and maintained throughout the full term of the Company in accordance with partnership capital accounting rules contained in Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder. If in the opinion of the Companys accountants the manner in which Capital Accounts are to be maintained pursuant to this Agreement should be modified in order to comply with Section 704(b) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder, then Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the method in which Capital Accounts are maintained shall be so modified; provided, however, that any change in the manner of maintaining Capital Accounts shall not materially alter the economic agreement between or among the Equity Owners. If the Gross Asset Value of the Company assets are adjusted as provided in clauses (A), (B), (D) or (E) of paragraph (2) of the definition of the term Gross Asset Value of this Agreement the Capital Accounts of the existing Equity Owners shall be adjusted to reflect such revaluation of the Company assets in accordance with Treasury Regulation § 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f).
8.2 Special Allocations to Capital Accounts and Certain Other Income Tax Allocations. Notwithstanding Paragraph 8.1:
8.2.1 Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Paragraph 8.2, if there is a net decrease in the Companys minimum gain as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d) during a taxable year of the Company, then, the Capital Accounts of each Equity Owner shall be allocated items of income (including gross income) and gain for such year (and if necessary for subsequent years) equal to that Equity Owners share of the net decrease in Company minimum gain. This Paragraph 8.2.1 is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement of Section 1.704-2 of the Treasury Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. If in any taxable year that the Company has a net decrease in the Companys minimum gain, the minimum gain chargeback requirement would cause a distortion in the economic arrangement among the Equity Owners and it is not expected that the Company will have sufficient other income to correct that distortion, the Equity Owners may in their discretion (and shall, if requested to do so by a Member) seek to have the Internal Revenue Service waive the minimum gain chargeback requirement in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(£)(4).
8.2.2 Member Minimum Gain Chargeback. Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations, Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, if there is a net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to a Member Nonrecourse Debt during any Fiscal Year, each Equity Owner who has a share of the Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in
14
accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(5) of the Regulations, shall be specially allocated items of Company income and gain for such Fiscal Year (and, if necessary, subsequent Fiscal Years) in an amount equal to such Equity Owners share of the net decrease in Member Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain attributable to such Member Nonrecourse Debt, determined in accordance with Regulations Section 1.704-2(i)(4). Allocations pursuant to the previous sentence shall be made in proportion to the respective amounts required to be allocated to each Equity Owner pursuant thereto. The items to be so allocated shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-20)(2) of the Regulations. This Paragraph is intended to comply with the minimum gain chargeback requirement in Section 1.704-2(i)(4) of the Regulations and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.
8.2.3 Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Equity Owner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations, or distributions described in Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), (5), or (6) of the Treasury Regulations, which create or increase a Deficit Capital Account of such Equity Owner, then items of Company income and gain (consisting of a pro rata portion of each item of Company income, including gross income, and gain for such year and, if necessary, for subsequent years) shall be specially allocated to such Equity Owner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations, the Deficit Capital Account so created as quickly as possible. It is the intent that this Paragraph 8.2.3 be interpreted to comply with the alternate test for economic effect set forth in Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) of the Treasury Regulations.
8.2.4 Nonrecourse Deductions. Beginning in the first taxable year in which there are allocations of nonrecourse deductions (as described in Section l.704.2(b) of the Treasury Regulations) such deductions shall be allocated to the Equity Owners in the same manner as Net Profit or Losses is allocated for such period.
8.2.5 Member Nonrecourse Deductions. Items of Company loss, deduction and expenditures described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) which are attributable to any nonrecourse debt of the Company and are characterized as partner (Member) nonrecourse deductions under Section 1.704-2(i) of the Treasury Regulations shall be allocated to the Equity Owners Capital Accounts in accordance with said Section 1.704-2(i) of the Treasury Regulations.
8.2.6 Section 704(c) Allocations. In accordance with Section 704(c)(1)(A) of the Code and Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(i)(iv) of the Treasury Regulations, if a Equity Owner contributes property with a fair market value that differs from its adjusted basis at the time of contribution, income, gain, loss and deductions with respect to the property shall, solely for federal income tax purposes (and not for Capital Account purposes), be allocated among the Equity Owners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such property to the Company and its fair market value at the time of contribution.
8.2.7 Distributions of 704(c) Property. Pursuant to Section 704(c)(1)(B) of the Code, if any contributed property is distributed by the Company other than to the contributing Equity Owner within seven years of being contributed, then, except as provided in Section 704(c)(2) of the Code, the contributing Equity Owner shall, solely for federal income tax purposes (and not for Capital Account purposes), be treated as recognizing gain or loss from the sale of such property in an amount equal to the gain or loss that would have been allocated to such Equity Owner under Section 704(c)(1)(A) of the Code if the property had been sold at its fair market value at the time of the distribution.
15
8.2.8 Section 737. In the case of any distribution by the Company to a Equity Owner, such Equity Owner shall, solely for federal income tax purposes (and not for Capital Account purposes), be treated as recognizing gain in an amount equal to the lesser of:
(i) the excess (if any) of (A) the fair market value of the Company Property (other than money) received in the distribution over (B) the adjusted basis of such Equity Owners Interest in the Company immediately before the distribution reduced (but not below zero) by the amount of money received in the distribution, or
(ii) the Net Pre-contribution Gain (as defined in Section 737(b) of the Code) of the Equity Owner. The Net Pre-contribution Gain means the net gain (if any) which would have been recognized by the distributee Equity Owner under Section 704(c)(l)(B) of the Code of all Company Property which (1) had been contributed to the Company within seven years of the distribution, and (2) is held by the Company immediately before the distribution, had been distributed by the Company to another Equity Owner. If any portion of the Company Property distributed consists of Company Property which had been contributed by the distributee Equity Owner to the Company, then such Company Property shall not be taken into account under this Paragraph and shall not be taken into account in determining the amount of the Net Pre-contribution Gain. If the Company Property distributed consists of an interest in an entity, the preceding sentence shall not apply to the extent that the value of such interest is attributable to the Company Property contributed to such entity after such interest had been contributed to the Company.
8.2.9 Recapture. All recapture of income tax deductions resulting from sale or disposition of Company Property shall be allocated to the Equity Owner or Equity Owners to whom the deduction that gave rise to such recapture was allocated hereunder to the extent that such Equity Owner is allocated any gain from the sale or other disposition of such property.
8.3 Curative Allocations. The special allocations of subparagraphs 8.2 (the Regulatory Provisions) above are intended to comply with certain regulatory requirements imposed by Treasury Regulations, and are not intended to affect the economic arrangement of the parties as reflected elsewhere in this Agreement. Therefore, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if and when the Manager determines that the Regulatory Provisions would produce a distortion in the economic arrangement of the parties as determined by reference to the other provisions of this Agreement (and taking into account any reasonably anticipated offsetting allocations pursuant to the Regulatory Provisions), the Manager shall make offsetting allocations to the Equity Owners of income, gain, loss, and deduction which are not subject to the Regulatory Provisions, so that, to the extent possible, the economic arrangement of the parties will not be affected.
16
8.4 Other Allocation Rules. Solely for purposes of determining a Equity Owners proportionate share of the excess nonrecourse liabilities of the Company within the meaning of Regulations Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Equity Owners interests in the Company profits are in proportion to their respective Sharing Ratio in the Company.
8.5 Tax Allocations; Code Section 704(c). Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph 8.5 each item of income, gain, loss and deduction of the Company for federal income tax purposes shall be allocated among the Equity Owners in the same manner as such items are allocated for book purposes under this Paragraph 8. In accordance with Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder, income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to any Property contributed to the capital of the Company shall, solely for tax purposes, be allocated among the Equity Owners so as to take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such Property to the Company for federal income tax purposes and its initial Gross Asset Value (computed in accordance with the definition of Gross Asset Value). In the event the Gross Asset Value of any Company asset is adjusted pursuant to subparagraph (ii) of the definition of Gross Asset Value, subsequent allocations of income, gain, loss, and deduction with respect to such asset shall take account of any variation between the adjusted basis of such asset for federal income tax purposes and its Gross Asset Value in the same manner as under Code Section 704(c) and the Regulations thereunder. Any elections or other decisions relating to such allocations shall be made by the Manager in any manner that reasonably reflects the purpose and intention of this Agreement, provided that any items of loss or deduction attributable to property contributed by an Equity Owner shall, to the extent of an amount equal to the excess of (A) the federal income tax basis of such property at the time of its contribution over (B) the Gross Asset Value of such property at such time, be allocated in its entirety to such contributing Equity Owner and the tax basis of such property for purposes of computing the amounts of all items allocated to any other Equity Owner (including a transferee of the contributing Equity Owner) shall be equal to its Gross Asset Value upon its contribution to the Company. Allocations pursuant to this Paragraph 8.5 are solely for purposes of federal, state, and local taxes and shall not affect, or in any way be taken into account in computing, any Equity Owners Capital Account or share of Profits, Losses, other items, or distributions pursuant to any provision of this Agreement.
8.6 Allocations of Net Profits and Net Losses in Respect of Varying Interests. If the Percentage Interests of any of the Members are adjusted during any fiscal year of the Company (including by reason of a transfer of all or a portion of a Membership Interest by any Member, the admission of a new Member or otherwise), Profits (and items of income or gain) or Losses (and other items of deduction or loss) for such fiscal year shall be allocated between the period prior to such transfer or adjustment and the period following such transfer or adjustment using any method permissible under Code Section 706 and Regulations Section 1.706-1(c)(2)(ii), as selected by the Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC or LJC, LLC if the this paragraph is being applied to the Manager.
| 9. | Distributions to Equity Owners. |
9.1 Distributable Cash. Except as provided in Paragraph 9.4 (relating to tax advances), Paragraph 9.6 (relating to requested distributions) and Paragraph 20.2 (relating to dissolution and liquidation), all distributions of Distributable Cash or other Company Property shall be distributed to the Equity Owners at such times and in such amounts as the Manager determines, and as Approved in advance by LJC, LLC, provided such distribution shall not cause the Company to be unable to meet its financial obligations, and then in the following order and priority:
17
(a) First, to LJC, LLC an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the cumulative Priority Return from the date of its Capital Contributions to the end of the month prior to such distribution (or such other time period as shall be consistently applied by the Manager in making this calculation) over (ii) the sum of all prior distributions to LJC, LLC pursuant to this Section 9.1.(a); and
(b) Second, to LJC, LLC until its Unreturned Capital has been reduced to zero; and
(c) The balance, if any, to the Equity Owners in accordance with their respective Derivative Sharing Ratios.
9.2 Cash Reserve. The Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC shall determine from time to time the amount, if any, to retain from cash available for distribution as a cash reserve for the payment of any actual or contingent Company obligations during the current year or any future year and for the replacement or preservation of any Company assets, or any part thereof, during the current or any future year (Cash Reserve). The Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC may increase or decrease the amount of the Cash Reserve.
9.3 Liability of an Equity Owner to the Company. An Equity Owner who receives any distribution shall not be liable to the Company, except to the extent provided by the Act.
9.4 Tax Advances.
9.4.1 As soon as practicable after the close of each calendar quarter, the Manager shall estimate the amount of the Companys taxable income allocable to each Equity Owner for federal income tax purposes for the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal year through the end of such calendar quarter excluding any amounts payable as a guaranteed payment under this Agreement. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.5, the Company with the Approval of LJC, LLC shall advance to each Equity Owner at such time an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the product of (A) the Applicable Rate multiplied by (B) the Companys taxable ordinary income or capital gain, as the case may be, estimated to be allocable to such Equity Owner from the beginning of the fiscal year containing such calendar quarter through the end of such calendar quarter over (ii) the total Distributions pursuant to paragraph 9.1 or advances pursuant to this Paragraph 9.4 previously or contemporaneously made to such Equity Owner for the fiscal year containing such calendar quarter. Unless otherwise determined by LJC, LLC and except as provided in paragraph 9.4.2, all advances to Equity Owners pursuant to this Paragraph 9.4 shall be made to the Equity Owners in proportion to their Sharing Ratios. Any advances under this paragraph 9.4 shall be treated as advances against Distributions otherwise payable to the Equity Owners under Paragraph 9.1 or Paragraph 19.2, as the case may be. The Company shall make distributions under this paragraph 9.4 only to the extent of available Distributable Cash.
9.4.2 For purposes of Paragraph 9.4.1, the Applicable Rate means 32%. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Manager, in its sole discretion, may increase or reduce the Applicable Rate with respect to all (but not fewer than all) Equity Owners to take into account changes in the highest combined marginal tax rate on ordinary income, capital gain and self-employment income, as the case may be, federal and state tax rates applicable to such Equity Owners state of residence or incorporation, or as otherwise determined by the Manager. Each Equity Owner shall cooperate fully to provide the Manager with the residence or incorporation of all of its individual and corporate direct and indirect owners.
18
9.4.3 If, pursuant to paragraphs 9.4.1 or 9.5, the Company is unable to make all advances required by this Paragraph 9.4 to be made in any given calendar quarter, then the advance to each Equity Owner shall be reduced in proportion to such Equity Owners respective number of Interests. Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 9.4, the amount of such reduction shall be advanced to each such Equity Owner in each succeeding calendar quarter until paid in full; provided, however, that all advances required to made pursuant to this Paragraph 9.4 with respect to a fiscal year shall be made to the Equity Owners no later than April 1 of the succeeding fiscal year.
9.4.4 For the avoidance of doubt, notwithstanding the foregoing, no distributions shall be made under this Paragraph 9.4 for amounts that are taxable as a result of Section 704(c) of the Code or received as guaranteed payments under Section 707(c) of the Code.
9.5 Limitation on Distributions. The Company shall not make a distribution to an Equity Owner to the extent that at the time of distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the Company, other than liabilities to Equity Owners on account of their Interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to a specific property of the Company, exceed the fair value of the assets of the Company; except that the fair value of property that is subject to a liability for which the recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the Company only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds that liability. For purposes of this Paragraph, the term distribution shall not include payments to the extent that the payments do not exceed amounts equal to or constituting reasonable compensation for present or past services or reasonable payments made in the ordinary course of business pursuant to a bona fide retirement plan or other benefits program.
9.6 Requested Distributions. A Member may request and receive a distribution from the Company as provided in this paragraph. A Member may only make the request during the week following the closing of the Companys financial books and records. The Manager shall advise all of the Members when this request window is open. The Members Capital Account balance as of the time the request is made must equal or exceed $300,000. The amount of the requested distribution cannot exceed 10% of the Members Capital Account balance as it exists at the time of the request. The requested distribution will be made within 30 business days following receipt of a timely written request for the distribution. The Members Capital Account will be reduced by the amount of the distribution. The Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC shall have the right to implement such other rules and procedures reasonably necessary or convenient to implement this paragraph.
19
| 10. | Allocations. |
10.1 Allocations of Profits. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Paragraphs 8.2, 8.3 hereof and subject to Paragraph 10.3, Profits for each Fiscal Year shall be allocated to the Equity Owners as follows:
(a) First, to the Equity Owners, in an amount sufficient to reverse the cumulative amount of any Net Losses allocated to the Equity Owners in the current and all prior Fiscal Years, first pursuant to Paragraph 10.3 (made in the reverse order of such Paragraph), second pursuant to Paragraph 10.2(d) of this Agreement, and third pursuant to Paragraph 10.2(c) of this Agreement, allocated to each Equity Owner in the order of and in proportion to the allocation of such Net Losses to such Equity Owner;
(b) Second, to LJC, LLC until the cumulative amount allocated pursuant to this Paragraph 10.1(b) for the current and all prior Fiscal Years is equal to the cumulative Priority Return of LJC, LLC in the current and all prior Fiscal Years plus the cumulative amount of any Net Losses allocated pursuant to Paragraph 10.2(b) of this Agreement in the current and all prior Fiscal Years (which Net Losses reverse Net Profits allocated under this Paragraph 10. 1(b); and
(c) The balance, if any, to the Equity Owners in accordance with the Derivative Sharing Ratios of the Equity Owners.
10.2 Allocation of Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Paragraphs 8.2, 8.3 and subject to Paragraph 10.3 hereof, Losses for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated in the following order and priority:
(a) First, to the Equity Owners to reverse Profits previously allocated pursuant to Paragraph 10.1(c), in the reverse order in which such Profits were previously allocated; and
(b) Second, to LJC, LLC to reverse the cumulative amount of any Profits allocated under Paragraph 10.1(b) in the current and all prior Fiscal Years; and
(b) The balance, if any, to the Equity Owners in accordance with the Derivative Sharing Rations of the Equity Owners.
10.3 Deficit Capital Account Avoidance. No allocations of Loss, deduction and/or expenditures described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code shall be charged to the Capital Accounts of any Equity Owner if such allocation would cause such Equity Owner to have a Deficit Capital Account. The amount of the Loss, deduction and/or Code Section 705(a)(2)(B) expenditure which would have caused a Equity Owner to have a Deficit Capital Account (the Excess Losses) shall instead be charged to the Capital Account of any Equity Owners which would not have a Deficit Capital Account as a result of the allocation, in proportion to their respective positive Capital Account balances, or, if no such Equity Owners exist, then to the Equity Owners in accordance with their Sharing Ratios in Company profits pursuant to Paragraph 10.1. In the event of any such reallocation of Excess Losses, subsequent allocations of Profits (or any item thereof) in an amount sufficient to offset the allocation of such Excess Losses shall be made to the Equity Owners receiving such allocations of Excess Losses prior to any other allocations being made pursuant to Paragraph 1 0.1.
20
| 11. | Managers. |
1 1. 1 Initial Manager. Lindsey Wilson is hereby designated as the Manager of the Company.
11.2 Term. A Manager shall hold office until her resignation or removal as provided in this Agreement.
11.3 Resignation. A Manager of the Company may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Members of the Company. The resignation of the Manager shall take effect upon receipt of notice thereof or at such later time as shall be specified in such notice; and, unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. The resignation of a Manager who is also a Member shall not affect the Managers rights as a Member and shall not constitute a withdrawal of a Member.
11.4 Removal of Manager. All or any lesser number of the Managers may be removed at any time and for any reason, subject to the terms of any employment agreement, by LJC, LLC.
11.5 Compensation of Manager. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the Manager shall not be entitled to any salary or other compensation, unless otherwise determined by the Approval of LJC, LLC.
11.6 Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in the office of Manager shall be filled by LJC, LLC. Any Manager so appointed to fill a vacancy shall serve the unexpired term of his predecessor in office.
11.7 Management. The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by its Manager: (i) in accordance with this Agreement, applicable Law, and the Managers implied contractual obligation of good faith and fair dealing; (ii) in a manner that does not constitute intentional misconduct, fraud, knowing violation of the Law, gross negligence or reckless conduct; and (iii) subject to the Approval of the Members as provided in Paragraph 13.3. The Manager shall direct, manage and control the business of the Company to the best of the Managers ability. Except for situations in which the Approval of the Members is expressly required by this Limited Liability Company Agreement or by non-waivable provisions of applicable Law, the Manager shall have full and complete authority, power and discretion to manage and control the business, affairs and properties of the Company, to make all decisions regarding those matters and to perform any and all other acts or activities customary or incident to the management of the Companys business. At any time when there is more than one (1) Manager, any one Manager may take any action permitted to be taken by the Manager, unless the Approval of more than one of the Managers is expressly required pursuant to this Limited Liability Company Agreement or a nonwaivable provision of the Act. In the event the Manager will be temporarily unable or unavailable to perform his duties the Manager may delegate all or part of his power and authority, to one or more Persons by an appropriate writing to that effect.
21
11.8 Meetings of Managers and Procedures for Taking Action.
11.8.1 Periodic Meetings. If there is more than one (1) Manager, the Managers shall hold meetings either within or without the State of Delaware as they deem reasonable and necessary and no notice shall be required in connection therewith if all Managers are present.
11.8.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Managers may be called at any time by any one or more of the Managers or Members, to be held at the principal offices of the Company or at such other place or places, whether within or outside the State of Delaware, as the Managers may from time to time designate. Notice of special meetings of the Managers shall be given to each Manager by facsimile, telegram, e-mail, letter or personally, not less than five (5) calendar days prior to the meeting.
11.8.3 Procedure for Taking Action. At any time when there is more than one (1) Manager, any action to be taken by the Managers with respect to the Company shall be decided by a majority vote of the Managers. In the event of a dead lock with respect to an issue that reasonably could have a material adverse impact on the Company, the issue shall be submitted to the Members at a special meeting of the Members to be held after notice as provided in this Agreement.
11.8. Indemnification.
11.8.1 Manager Indemnification. Except as provided in Paragraph 11.8.2, to the extent permitted by the Act, the Company, its receiver or its trustee shall indemnify, hold harmless and pay all judgments and claims against the Manager and its successors and assigns (collectively for purposes of this Paragraph 11.8.1 indemnified persons and individually an indemnified person), from any liability, loss or damage incurred by any indemnified person or by reason of any act performed or omitted to be performed by an indemnified person in connection with the business of the Company (the Action), including costs and attorneys fees (which attorneys fees may be paid as incurred) and any amounts expended in the settlement of any claim of liability, loss or damage. However, if such liability, loss or claim arises out of any action or inaction of an indemnified person, the Company shall only be liable to such indemnified person if such indemnified person (a) conducted himself in good faith, (b) is not guilty of gross negligence or willful misconduct, and (c) believed in good faith that such course of conduct was in the best interest of the Company, and provided further, that any such indemnification shall be recoverable only from the assets of the Company and not the assets of any Member.
11.8.2 Limitation on Indemnification. The Company shall not indemnify or advance any expenses to any indemnified person if and to the extent that it is determined that (i) in the case of any criminal proceeding, the indemnified person had reasonable cause to believe that the act or omission was unlawful; or (ii) the indemnified person actually received an improper personal benefit; and provided, further, that no payments shall be made by the Company to indemnify or advance funds to any indemnified person pursuant to this Agreement (x) with respect to any Action initiated or brought voluntarily by such indemnified person (and not by way of defense) unless (I) Approved or authorized by a Majority Interest, excluding any Interest held by the indemnified person or (II) incurred to establish or enforce such indemnified persons right to
22
indemnification under this Agreement, or (y) in connection with any Action or claim brought by the Company or involving such indemnified person, if such indemnified person is found liable to the Company on such Action or claim. If the indemnified person is found liable to the Company with respect to one or more, but less than all, claims, issues or matters in a single Action, expenses shall be allocated among such claims, issues or matters on a reasonable and proportionate basis.
11.9 Officers.
11.9.1 Designation and Appointment. The Manager may with the Approval of LJC,, LLC (but need not), from time to time, designate and appoint one or more persons as an officer of the Company. No officer need be a resident of the State of Delaware, a Member or a Manager. Any officers so designated shall have such authority and perform such duties as the Manager may, from time to time, delegate to them. The Manager may assign titles to particular officers. Unless the Manager otherwise decides, if the title is one commonly used for officers of a business corporation formed, the assignment of such title shall constitute the delegation to such officer of the authority and duties that are normally associated with that office, subject to any specific delegation of authority and duties made to such officer by the Manager; provided, however, that the chief executive officer shall be the highest ranking officer of the Company. Each officer shall hold office until such officers successor shall be duly designated and qualified or until such officers earlier death or earlier resignation or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Any number of offices may be held by the same individual. The salaries or other compensation, if any, of the officers and agents of the Company shall be fixed from time to time by the Manager.
11.9.2 Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Any officer (subject to any contract rights available to the Company, if applicable) may resign as such at any time. Such resignation shall be made in writing and shall take effect at the time specified therein, or if no time is specified, at the time of its receipt by the Manager. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective, unless expressly so provided in the resignation. Any officer may be removed as such, either with or without cause, by the Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC in its discretion at any time; provided, however, that such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the individual so removed. Designation of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Company may be filled by the Manager and shall remain vacant until so filled.
11.9.3 Duties of Officers Generally. The Officers, in the performance of their duties as such, shall owe to the Company and its Members duties of loyalty and due care of the type owed by the officers of a corporation to such corporation and its stockholders under the laws of the State of Delaware.
23
| 12. | Books, Records, Accountings and Reports |
12.1 Records. The Company shall continuously maintain, at the principal Company Office, at Company expense, the following:
12.1.1 A current list of the full name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Member and Manager, both past and present, together with the contribution and share in Profits and Losses of each Member.
12.1.2 A copy of the Certificate of Formation and all Certificates of Amendment thereto.
12.1.3 Copies of the Companys federal, state and local income tax or information returns and reports, if any, for the three most recent taxable years.
12.1.4 Copies of the original Agreement and all amendments to the Agreement.
12.1.5 Financial statements of the Company for the three (3) most recent fiscal years.
12.1.6 The Companys books and records for at least the current and past three (3) fiscal years.
12.1.7 Any other records or documents required by the Act or other applicable Law.
12.2 Financial Reports. The Company shall provide the Members with financial statements and such other performance data reports as the Manager shall reasonably determine. These reports shall be for such time period intervals (e.g. monthly, quarterly, annually) as the Manager shall determine. The financial statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied or such other consistent basis as reasonably determined by the Manager. Neither the Company nor the Manager shall be obligated to cause any financial statements of the Company to be audited by any party unless requested in writing by Members holding a Majority Interest. A copy of such statements and reports shall be distributed to the Members as soon as reasonably possible after they are prepared.
12.3 Tax Returns. The Manager, at Company expense, shall cause federal and state income tax returns for the Company to be prepared and timely filed with the appropriate authorities, and shall provide appropriate schedules K-1 to the Members as soon as reasonably possible after the close of the Company fiscal year.
12.4 Annual Reports. The Manager, at Company expense, shall cause all annual or other periodic reports to be filed with the appropriate agencies as required by Law.
| 13. | Rights, Authority, Powers, Responsibilities, Duties and Services of the Manager. |
13.1 Services. The Manager shall provide the following services to the Company:
13.1.1 Supervise the organization of the Company;
24
13.1.2 Supervise Company management, which includes (i) preparing a Company budget; (ii) establishing policies for the operation of the Company; (iii) causing the Companys agents or employees to arrange for the provision of services necessary to the operation of the Company (including accounting and legal services and services relating to distributions by the Company); (iv) when necessary or appropriate, approving actions to be taken by the Company; (v) providing advice, consultation, analysis and supervision with respect to the functions of the Company (including decisions regarding the sale or other disposition of Company assets, and compliance with Federal, state and local regulatory requirements and procedures); (vi) executing documents on behalf of the Company; (vii) having a fiduciary responsibility for the safekeeping and use of all funds of the Company, whether or not in the Managers immediate possession or control; (viii) making all decisions as to accounting matters; and (ix) voting and exercising any other rights associated with any and all ownership interests in any limited liability companies.
13.2. Authority. In performing the services contemplated by Paragraph 13.1, the Manager shall have all authority, rights and powers conferred by Law and those required or appropriate to the management of the Company business, which, by way of illustration but not by way of limitation, shall, subject only to the provisions of Paragraph 13.3 of this Agreement, include the right, authority and power to cause the Company to:
13.2.1 Acquire, invest in, hold and dispose of real property, interests therein or appurtenant thereto, as well as personal or mixed property connected therewith, including the purchase, lease, development, construction, improvement, maintenance, or sale of such property, at such price, rental or amount, for cash, and upon such terms, as the Manager deems to be in the best interest of the Company;
13.2.2 Maintain a Cash Reserve pursuant to Paragraph 9.2 for normal repairs, replacements, contingencies and related items with respect to the Company Property;
13.2.3 Borrow money and, if security is required therefore, to mortgage or subject any Company investment to any other security device, to obtain replacements of any mortgage or other security device, and to prepay, in whole or in part, refinance, increase, modify, consolidate, or extend any mortgage or other security device, all of the foregoing at such terms and in such amounts as the Manager, in its sole discretion, deem to be in the best interests of the Company.
13.2.4 Acquire and enter into any contract of insurance which the Manager deems necessary or appropriate for the protection of the Company, the Company Property and the Members, for the conservation of Company assets, or for any purpose convenient or beneficial to the Company;
13.2.5 Employ persons, entities, companies or corporations in the operation and management of the business of the Company including, but not limited to, supervisory managing agents, building management agents, insurance brokers, real estate brokers, loan brokers, accountants, and attorneys on such terms and for such compensation as the Manager shall determine;
25
13.2.6 Prepare reports, statements and other relevant information for distribution to the Members;
13.2.7 Open accounts and deposit and maintain funds in the name of the Company in banks or savings and loan associations which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), provided, however, that the Companys funds shall not be commingled with the funds of any other person or entity, and provided further that amounts deposited in each account shall not exceed the amount insured by the FDIC;
13.2.8 Make or revoke any of the elections required or allowed to be made by the Company under the Code;
13.2.9 Select as its accounting year a calendar year or such fiscal year as is approved by the Internal Revenue Service;
13.2.10 Determine the appropriate accounting method or methods to be used by the Company. The Company intends initially to utilize the cash method of accounting in maintaining its books and records;
13.2.11 Open and maintain any safety deposit boxes; lock boxes and escrow, savings, checking, depository, or other accounts;
13.2.12 Assign, negotiate, endorse and deposit in and to such boxes and accounts any checks, drafts, notes, and other instruments and funds payable to or belonging to the Company;
13.2.13 Withdraw any funds or draw, sign and deliver in the name of the Company any check or draft against funds of the Company in such boxes or accounts; and
13.2.14 Implement additional depository and fund transfer services (including, but not limited to, facsimile signature authorizations, wire transfer agreements, automated clearinghouse agreements, and payroll deposit programs).
13.3 LJC, LLC Approval. No act shall be taken or obligation incurred by the Company or the Manager in connection with any aspect of the Company business or operations unless Approved by LJC, LLC on an item by item basis or one or more general authorizations containing such limitations or requirements as LJC, LLC shall determine from time to time.
13.4 Non-Liability of Manager. The Manager shall not be liable for Company obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business.
13.5 Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation. The Manager shall cause a Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Formation to be filed in the office of the Delaware Secretary of State within thirty (30) days after the happening of any of the following events:
13.5.1 A change in the name of the Company;
26
13.5.2 There is a change in the time as stated in the Certificate of Formation for the dissolution of the Company;
13.5.3 The discovery by the Manager of any false or erroneous statement contained in the Certificate of Formation.
13.5.4 The occurrence of any other event for which such a Certificate of Amendment is required by the Act.
| 14. | Meetings, Quorum, Voting Rights and Approvals by the Members. |
14.1 No Annual or Regular Meetings. No annual or regular meeting of the Members shall be required. The Members may provide by unanimous written agreement the time and place for holding of regular meetings, without other notice.
14.2 Special Meetings. Special meetings of Members may be called by the Manager or by any Member.
14.3 Place of Meetings. The Members may by unanimous consent designate any place, either within or outside the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any meeting of the Members. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meetings shall be the principal place of business of the Company. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the Members, or any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Members, may be taken at a meeting held by means of conference telephone, the Internet or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
14.4 Notice of Meetings. Except as provided in Paragraph 14.5, written notice stating the place, day and hour of the meeting and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not less than ten (10) nor more than fifty (50) days before the date of the meeting, by or at the direction of the Members or person calling the meeting, to each Member entitled to vote at such meeting. Such notice shall be delivered as provided in Paragraph 17.
14.5 Meeting of all Members. If all of the Members shall meet at any time and place, either within or outside of the State of Delaware, and consent to the holding of a meeting at such time and place, such meeting shall be valid without call or notice, and at such meeting lawful action may be taken.
14.6 Record Date. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of Members or any adjournment thereof, or Members entitled to receive payment of any distribution, the date on which the notice of the meeting is mailed or the date on which the resolution declaring such distribution is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members. When a determination of Members entitled to vote at any meeting of Members has been made as provided in this Paragraph, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.
27
14.7 Waiver of Notice. When any notice is required to be given to any Member, a waiver thereof in writing signed by the person entitled to such notice, whether before, at, or after the time stated therein, shall be equivalent to the giving of such notice.
14.8 Quorum. Attendance at any Member meeting of Members holding a Majority Interest shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Members except that if a quorum is not in attendance at any meeting, the meeting shall be continued and a notice shall be sent by the Manager to the Members that the business to be conducted will be considered upon reconvening the meeting at a time to be designated in the notice not less than ten (10) days or more than thirty (30) days from the notice date.
14.9 Voting. Voting of any Member may be by written proxy. Voting on all matters shall be weighted based upon the Sharing Ratios held by such Member (e.g. a 2.222% Membership Interest is entitle to 2.222 votes). Unless stated otherwise, all Approvals required shall be determined by the Approval vote of a Majority Interest of the Members.
14.9.1 Companys Acceptance of Votes. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment, or proxy appointment revocation corresponds to the name of a Member, the Company, if acting in good faith, is entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and give it effect as the act of the Member. If the name signed on a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation does not correspond to the name of a Member, the Company, if acting in good faith, is nevertheless entitled to accept the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation and to give it effect as the act of the Member if:
14.9.1.1 the name signed purports to be that of an administrator, executor, guardian or conservator representing the Member and, if the Company requests, evidence of fiduciary status acceptable to the Company has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;
14.9.1.2 the name signed purports to be that of a pledgee, beneficial owner or attorney-in-fact of the Member and, if the Company requests, evidence acceptable to the Company of the signatorys authority to sign for the Member has been presented with respect to the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation;
14.9.1.3 two or more persons are the Member as co-tenants or fiduciaries and the name signed purports to be the name of at least one (1) of the co-tenants or fiduciaries, and the person signing appears to be acting on behalf of all the co-tenants or fiduciaries; or
14.9.1.4 the acceptance of the vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation is otherwise proper under rules established by the Company that are not inconsistent with this Paragraph 14.9.
The Company is entitled to reject a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation if the Manager or other agent authorized to tabulate votes, acting in good faith, has reasonable basis for doubt about the validity of the signature on it or about the signatorys authority to sign for the Member.
28
Neither the Company nor its Manager nor any agent who accepts or rejects a vote, consent, waiver, proxy appointment or proxy appointment revocation in good faith and in accordance with the standards of this Paragraph is liable in damages for the consequences of the acceptance or rejection.
14.10 Action by Members Without A Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken at a meeting of the Members may be taken without a meeting if a proposed written consent, setting forth the action so taken or to be taken, (i) is sent to all of the Members, (ii) is signed by those Members owning the voting interest required hereunder to Approve or adopt that action, and (iii) is delivered to the Manager to be included in the Companys permanent records. Unless the written consent specifies that it is effective as of an earlier or later date, action taken under this Paragraph 14.10 will be effective when all of the Members have been provided a copy of the proposed written consent in the manner provided in Paragraph 18, and the Members required to Approve the action have signed the proposed written consent or counterpart thereof. The written consent (which may be signed in one or more counterparts) of the Members under this Paragraph on any matter has the same force and effect as if that matter were voted on at a duly called and constituted meeting of the Members and may be described as such in any document or instrument.
14.11 No Appraisal Rights. Members and Assignees shall not have any Appraisal Rights with respect to their Interests in the Company in connection with any amendment of this Agreement, any merger or consolidation in which the Company is a constituent party to the merger or consolidation, any conversion of the Company to another business form, any transfer to or domestication or continuance in any jurisdiction by the Company, the sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets or with respect to any other Company action.
| 15. | Admission, Limitation on Rights, Unapproved Transferees, and Investment Representations. |
15.1 Admission of Members. New members may be admitted to the Company by the Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC on such terms and conditions as determined by the Manager and Approved by LJC, LLC.
15.2 Limitation on Right.
15.2.1 General. No Equity Owner shall have the right or power to: (i) withdraw or reduce his contribution to the capital of the Company except as a result of the dissolution of the Company or as otherwise provided by Law, or (ii) bring an action for partition against the Company.
29
15.2.2 Covenant Not to Withdraw or Dissolve. Except as otherwise permitted by this Agreement, each Member hereby covenants and agrees not to (a) take any action to file a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent with respect to itself or (b) withdraw or resign, attempt to withdraw or resign from the Company.
15.3 Purchase of Interests from Unapproved Transferees. If, despite the provisions of Paragraph 16.1, any Person acquires an Interest in the Company as the result of an order of a court of competent jurisdiction including, but not limited to, an order incident to divorce, insolvency, or Bankruptcy of a Member, which order the Company is required to recognize, or if a Member makes an unauthorized Transfer of an Interest that the Company is required to recognize, the Interest of the transferee may then be acquired by the Company or the Members upon the following terms and conditions:
15.3.1 Negotiate Purchase Price. The Company may during a period beginning on the first Business Day following the date that it is finally determined that the Company is required to recognize the Transfer and ending twenty (20) Business Days thereafter (the Negotiation Period), as between the Company and the transferee at the Companys sole option, seek to negotiate in good faith with the transferee the price and terms of Transfer. The Company shall seek such negotiations upon the demand of Members holding at least fifty percent (50%) of the then outstanding Interests. If the Company and the transferee are unable to reach agreement prior to the end of the Negotiation Period, then the price or the Transferees Interest shall be determined by appraisal in accordance with Paragraph 15.3.2 and the terms shall be as provided in Paragraph 15.3.3.
15.3.2 Appraisal Process. The Company shall select an appraiser. The transferee shall select an appraiser. The two (2) appraisers shall select a third appraiser (the Third Appraiser). All appraisers shall be independent, shall be members of the American Society of Appraisers, and shall be experienced in making appraisals of closely held businesses, shall have the following additional qualifications: experienced in making appraisals of businesses similar to the Company. The Third Appraiser shall determine the value of the Company. The appointment of the appraisers shall be made in writing and delivered to the other party within 40 days after the end of the Negotiation Period. If either party fails to timely appoint a qualified appraiser, that party shall be deemed to have waived that right, and the appraisal shall be conducted by the sole qualified appraiser timely appointed who shall be considered the Third Appraiser for purposes of this Paragraph. The appraisal shall include adjustments to recognize appropriate valuation discounts, including but not limited to discounts for marketability and lack of control. The purchase price of the transferees Interest shall then be the value of the Company as determined by the Third Appraiser less (i) any mortgage or encumbrance on the Company Property or any other Company indebtedness, if not otherwise taken into account by the Third Appraiser in determining the fair market value of the Company, multiplied by the Sharing Ratio of the transferees Interest. Each party shall pay the cost of the appraiser selected by them and equally share the cost of the Third Appraiser.
15.3.3 Payment Terms. Unless otherwise mutually agreed between the Company and the transferee, the purchase price shall be paid on the Closing Date in accordance with the following terms. The Company and any Member or Members purchasing any Interest shall pay five percent (5%) of the purchase price on the Closing Date. The remaining amount of the purchase price shall be evidenced by a non-negotiable installment promissory note payable in ten (10) equal
30
annual installments of principal together with interest thereon calculated as provided below, the first annual payment coming due on the date that is one (1) year from the Closing Date, with all subsequent payments coming due on the corresponding date each year thereafter, until fully paid. The interest rate on any note issued pursuant to this Paragraph 15.3.3 shall be at three percent (3%) per annum. If Code Sections 483 and 1274A apply to this transaction, the rate of interest of the purchase money obligation will be fixed at the rate of interest then required by law if higher than the 3% rate. Interest will not be compounded and will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of 30-day months. If any date upon which a payment is due is not a Business Day, then payment will be due on the next succeeding Business Day. Advance payments or additional payments may be made at any time without penalty, provided that any such payment shall be made on a Business Day.
15.3.4 Company Option. The Company shall have the right but not the obligation (the Company Option) during a period beginning upon the first Business Day following the determination of the price and terms (whether by mutual agreement or as provided in Paragraph 15.3.1 and Paragraph 15.3.2) and ending five (5) Business Days thereafter (the Company Option Period), to agree to purchase all or any portion of the Interest held by the transferee on the price and terms determined. If the Company desires to exercise the Company Option it must do so by delivering to the transferee and to all Members, prior to the expiration of the Company Option Period, notice of the Percentage Interest that the Company will purchase. Exercise of the Company Option is irrevocable.
15.3.5 Member Option. If the Company declines to exercise the Company Option or exercises the Company Option for less than the entire Interest held by the transferee, LJC, LLC, and each other Member as determined by LJC, LLC, shall have the right but not the obligation (the Member Options) during a period beginning upon the first Business Day following expiry of the Company Option Period and ending five (5) Business Days thereafter (the Member Option Period), to agree to purchase all or any portion of the Interest held by the transferee and not purchased by the Company on the price and terms determined. Any Member desiring to exercise its Member Option must do so by delivering to the transferee, the Company, and all other Members (other than the Member whose Interest has been subjected to the involuntary Transfer, if applicable) notice of the Percentage Interest that it is willing to purchase prior to the expiration of the Member Option Period. Such notice shall include the duly authorized signature of that Member and shall be deemed to constitute an irrevocable offerto purchase the Percentage Interest specified or any lesser amount determined in accordance with this Paragraph 15.3.
15.3.6 Allocation of Purchased Interest. Each Member exercising a Member Option shall first be allocated the lesser of that Percentage Interest that it agreed to purchase or its pro-rata share of the Percentage Interest held by the transferee and not purchased by the Company. For the purposes of the preceding sentence, a Members pro-rata share shall be equal to the Percentage Interest held by the transferee and not purchased by the Company times a fraction, the numerator of which is the Percentage Interest held by that Member, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Percentage Interest held by those Members seeking to purchase all or any portion of the Percentage Interest held by the transferee and not purchased by the Company. If following this allocation, there remains a portion of the Percentage Interest held by the transferee and not purchased by the Company that has not been purchased by the Members (the Remaining
31
Percentage Interest), the Remaining Percentage Interest shall be allocated among those Members that did not receive the full Percentage Interest as to which such Member exercised a Member Option such that each Member is allocated the lesser of that Percentage Interest that it agreed to purchase or its pro-rata share of the Remaining Percentage Interest. For the purpose of the preceding sentence a Members pro-rata share of the Remaining Percentage Interest shall be equal to the Remaining Percentage Interest times a fraction, the numerator of which is the Percentage Interest held by that Member, and the denominator of which is the aggregate Percentage Interest held by those Members seeking to purchase all or any portion of the Remaining Interest. This allocation process shall be repeated until there is either no Remaining Interest or no Member Option that has not received an allocation equal to the full Percentage Interest for which such Member Option was exercised.
15.3.7 Closing. Any Transfer affected pursuant to this Paragraph 15.3 shall be held in accordance to Paragraph 20.5.
15.3.8 Voting Rights. Neither the transferee of an unauthorized Transfer nor the Member causing the Transfer will have the right to vote during the prescribed option period or, if the option to purchase is timely exercised, until the sale is actually closed.
15.4 Expulsion of a Member.
15.4.1 In General. A Member shall be expelled from the Company and his Interest purchased by the Company upon demand by LJC, LLC upon a determination that the Member (i) has failed to meet performance standards or other duties and obligations to the Company, whether arising under this Agreement, any other agreement between the Member and the Company, any policy of the Company, applicable law or otherwise, (ii) has committed a felony or other act of or omission involving dishonesty, embezzlement, fraud, misappropriation or other act of moral turpitude, or (iii) has willfully and persistently failed to follow reasonable directives of the Manager and officers to whom the Member reports, or in the case of the Manager reasonable directives from LJC, LLC. The purchase price for such expelled Members Interest shall be equal to such Members then existing Capital Account to be paid as provided in Paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5.
15.4.2 Return of Guaranteed Payments. If within one year (1) year from the effective date of this Agreement a Member is expelled from the Company or otherwise terminates his or her Interest in the Company, other than as a result of death or total and permanent incapacity, such Member shall return to the Company within 30 days all guaranteed payments made to such Member by the Company.
15.4.3 Setoff. If at any time an Equity Owner (in any capacity) is indebted or otherwise obligated to the Company, the Company may setoff against and deduct from any payments or other amounts due the Equity Owner under this Agreement or under any note issued to the Equity Owner the amount of the indebtedness and other obligations due the Company, and any such setoff shall discharge the Companys obligations to the extent of the amount of setoff. The existence and amount of any such indebtedness or other obligation of the Equity Owner shall be determined by the Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC.
32
15.5 Put Option.
15.5.1 By the Member. Commencing two (2) years from the date of this Agreement any Member may offer the Company the option to buy all of the Interest in the Company owned by such Member (the Put Option Holder) at the purchase price equal to such Members Capital Account as of the date of the Put Notice (the Put Option). The Put Option Holder may exercise this Put Option only by written notice given to the Manager and the other Members (the Put Notice). The Company shall accept the Put Option and purchase such Members Interest in the Company as provided in Paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5. Allocations of Profits and Losses to the Put Option Holder shall cease as of the date of the Put Notice.
15.2.2 On Death. Following the death of a Member such deceased Members legal representative or successor entitled to the deceased Members interest in the Company may for the period of 180 days following the date of death offer the Company the option to buy all of the Interest in the Company owned by such deceased Member (the Put Option Holder) at the purchase price equal to such deceased Members Capital Account as of the date of the Put Notice (the Put Option). The Put Option Holder may exercise this Put Option only by written notice given to the Manager and the other Members (the Put Notice). The Company shall accept the Put Option and purchase such deceased Members Interest in the Company as provided in Paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5. Allocations of Profits and Losses to the Put Option Holder shall cease as of the date of the Put Notice.
15.6 Call Option on Death and Disability. Upon the death or Incapacity of a Member (each a Triggering Event) the Company shall have the option to buy all, but less than all, of the Interest in the Company owned by the deceased or incapacitated Member at the purchase price equal to such deceased or incapacitated Members Capital Account as of the date of the Call Notice (the Call Option). The Company may exercise this Call Option only by written notice given to the deceased Members legal representative or person legally entitled to such Members Interest or the Incapacitated Member, as the case may be, (the Call Notice) within 180 days from the date the Company learns of the Members death or Incapacity. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Company may assign some or all of its option to purchase an Interest under this Paragraph to the remaining Members on a pro-rata basis or such basis as the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC may determine or to a third party (the Option Assignees). If the Company exercises its option the Company shall purchase such deceased or incapacitated Members Interest in the Company as provided in Paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5. Allocations of Profits and Losses to the interest subject to the Call Option shall cease as of the date of the Call Notice. If the Call Option is not exercised by the Company and the Option Assignees, as the case may be, the recipient of the deceased Members Interest shall continue as an Assignee unless admitted as a substituted Member as provided in this Agreement.
| 16. | Transfers. |
16.1 Restrictions on Transfers. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, no Equity Owner shall have the right to Transfer all or any part of its Interest.
33
16.2 Permitted Transfers. Subject to the conditions and restrictions set forth in Paragraph 16.3, an Equity Owner may at any time Transfer all or any portion of his Interest to (a) any other Member, (b) to the Company, (c) upon death to the Equity Owners devisees or heirs, or (d) with the Approval of LJC, LLC, it being understood that LJC, LLC can Approve is own Transfers (each a Permitted Transfer). Any Transfer to the spouse of a Member who is not already a Member of the Company pursuant to a dissolution of marriage, legal separation, property settlement agreement or any other involuntary transfer shall not constitute a Permitted Transfer under this Agreement.
16.3 Conditions to Permit Transfers. A Transfer shall not be treated as a Permitted Transfer under Paragraph 16.2 hereof unless and until the following conditions are satisfied, unless waived in writing by the Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC:
16.3.1 Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of Law, the transferor and transferee shall execute and deliver to the Company such documents and instruments of conveyance as may be necessary or appropriate in the opinion of counsel to the Company to effect such Transfer. In the case of a Transfer of Interest involuntarily by operation of Law, the Transfer shall be confirmed by presentation to the Company of legal evidence of such Transfer, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel to the Company. In all cases, the Company shall be reimbursed by the transferor and/or transferee for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses that it reasonably incurs in connection with such Transfer.
16.3.2 The transferor and transferee, as applicable, shall furnish the Company with (i) a Form W-9 Request for Taxpayer Identification Number and Certification, (ii) sufficient information to determine the transferees initial tax basis in the Interest transferred, (iii) the agreement by the transferor and prospective transferee to timely deliver to the Manager information necessary to enable the Company to file Internal Revenue Form 8308 if and as may be required by the Code §6050K and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, (iv) the proposed transferees delivery of a written certification or other statement to the Company that the prospective transferee is a United States person within the meaning of Code §7701(a)(30), and (v) any other information reasonably necessary to permit the Company to file all required federal and state tax returns and other legally required information statements or returns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to make any distribution otherwise provided for in this Agreement with respect to any transferred Interest until it has received such information.
16.3.3 Except in the case of a Transfer of an Interest involuntarily by operation of Law or upon death, either (a) such Interest shall be registered under the Securities Act, and any applicable state securities Laws, or (b) the transferor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel to the Company, to the effect that such Transfer is exempt from all applicable registration requirements and that such Transfer will not violate any applicable Laws regulating the Transfer of securities.
16.3.4 Except in the case of a Transfer of an Interest involuntarily by operation of Law or upon death, the transferor shall provide an opinion of counsel, which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel to the Company, to the effect that such Transfer will not cause the Company to be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
34
16.3.5 No Transfer of an Interest shall be made except upon terms which would not, in the opinion of counsel chosen by and mutually acceptable to the transferor Member and the other Members, result in the termination of the Company within the meaning of Section 708 of the Code or cause the application of the rules of Sections 168(g)(l)(B) and 168(h) of the Code or similar rules to apply to the Company. If the immediate Transfer of such Interest would, in the opinion of such counsel, cause a termination within the meaning of Section 708 of the Code, then if, in the opinion of such counsel, the following action would not precipitate such termination, the transferor Member shall be entitled (or required, as the case may be) (i) immediately to Transfer only that portion of its Interest as may, in the opinion of such counsel, be transferred without causing such a termination and (ii) to enter into an agreement to Transfer the remainder of its Interest, in one or more Transfers, at the earliest date or dates on which such Transfer or Transfers may be effected without causing such termination. The purchase price for the Interest shall be allocated between the immediate Transfer and the deferred Transfer or Transfers pro rata on the basis of the percentage of the aggregate Interest being transferred, each portion to be payable when the respective Transfer is consummated, unless otherwise agreed by the parties to the Transfer. In the case of a Transfer by a Member to another Member, the deferred purchase price shall be deposited in an interest-bearing escrow account unless another method of securing the payment thereof is agreed upon by the transferor Member and the transferee Member(s). In determining whether a particular proposed Transfer will result in a termination of the Company, counsel to the Company shall take into account the existence of prior written commitments to Transfer made pursuant to this Agreement and such commitments shall always be given precedence over subsequent proposed Transfers.
16.4 Right of First Refusal of Sales to Third Parties.
16.4.1 Right of First Refusal. Except with respect to a Permitted Transfer or as provided in Paragraph 16.8, if an Equity Owner other than LJC, LLC desires to accept an offer to sell that Equity Owners Interest or to assign or sell that Equity Owners interest in profits, losses, and distributions of the Company to any party (a Third Party) and a bona fide offer is received by the selling or assigning Equity Owner, the selling or assigning Equity Owner shall submit written notice of the Third Party offer to the Manager and to all Members, which written notice shall include a copy of the offer and shall state (a) the percentage Interest to be sold or assigned; (b) the price (which if not exclusively cash or cash equivalents shall include the fair market value of the consideration proposed); (c) other terms and conditions of the offer; (d) the name and address of the Third Party; and (e) the date of closing (the Transfer Notice). For a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of the Transfer Notice, Company shall have the right to purchase all of the Interest offered (i) at the price and on the terms in the Offer; provided, that if the offer price is not to be paid by the Third Party in cash or cash equivalents the Company may make payment in cash of equivalent value. If Company declines to purchase all of the Interest offered, the Manager shall promptly give written notice to the Members of such fact. For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice from the Manager (the Second Right of First Refusal Period), LJC, LLC, and the other Members as determined by LJC, LLC, shall have the right to purchase any of the offered Interest which was not purchased by Company at the price and on the Terms in the Offer; provided,
35
that if the offer price is not to be paid by the Third Party in cash or cash equivalents LJC, LLC and the other Members, as the case may be, may make payment in cash of equivalent value. Notice of an acceptance shall be sufficiently given if, before midnight on the last day of the notice period, it is delivered in person to the offeror or mailed, postage prepaid, to the address of the offeror as stated in the notice. If applicable, and if more than one of the remaining Members wish to purchase, then the offered Interest shall be sold and purchased pro rata based upon the total percentage Interest owned by a purchasing Member to the total percentage Interest owned by all remaining Members desiring to purchase, or as otherwise mutually agreed. If the Company and the Members do not elect to acquire the entire Interest offered, then the selling Equity Owner may proceed to sell or assign the Interest to the Third Party purchaser, but only to the persons or entities and in the manner, at the time, and upon the identical terms and conditions set forth in the notice. If any Member exercises its right of first refusal it may designate a substitute purchaser to avoid the termination of the Company as a partnership for tax purposes if the Member would then have been the sole Member. The closing of any sale of an Interest under this Paragraph 16.4 shall be as provided in Paragraph 20.5
16.4.2 Reasonableness of Restrictions.
16.4.2.1 Each Equity Owner has carefully read and considered the provisions of this Paragraph 16.4, and, having done so, agrees that the restrictions set forth in these Paragraphs are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the Company and its Equity Members.
16.4.2.2 In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any of the provisions of this Paragraph 16.4 shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions thereof shall nevertheless continue to be valid and enforceable as though the invalid or unenforceable parts had not been included therein. In the event that any provision of this Paragraph 16.4 shall be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to exceed the maximum restrictiveness such court deems reasonable and enforceable, the time period and/or extent of restriction and/or related aspects deemed reasonable and enforceable by the court shall become and thereafter be the maximum restriction in such regard, and the restriction shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent deemed reasonable by such court.
16.5 Prohibited Transfers.
16.5.1 Any purported Transfer of an Interest that is not a Permitted Transfer shall be null and void and of no force or effect whatsoever and the Company shall not recognize such Transfer on its books and records, unless the Members unanimously Approve such Transfer; provided that, if the Company is required to recognize a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer (or if the Members by unanimous consent, in its sole discretion, elects to recognize a Transfer that is not a Permitted Transfer), the Interest Transferred shall be strictly limited to the transferors rights to allocations and distributions as provided by this Agreement with respect to the transferred Interest, which allocations and distributions may be applied (without limiting any other legal or equitable rights of the Company) to satisfy any debts, obligations, or liabilities for damages that the transferor or transferee of such Interest may have to the Company.
36
16.5.2 In the case of a Transfer or attempted Transfer of an Interest that is not a Permitted Transfer, the parties engaging or attempting to engage in such Transfer shall be liable to indemnify and hold harmless the Company and the other Members from all cost, liability, and damage that any of such indemnified Members may incur (including, without limitation, incremental tax liabilities, lawyers fees and expenses) as a result of such Transfer or attempted Transfer and efforts to enforce the indemnity granted hereby.
16.6 Rights of Unadmitted Assignees. A Person who acquires an Interest but who is not admitted as a substituted Member pursuant to Paragraph 16.7 hereof shall be entitled only to allocations and distributions with respect to such Interest in accordance with this Agreement, and shall have no right to any information or accounting of the affairs of the Company, shall not be entitled to inspect the books or records of the Company, and shall not have any of the rights of a Member under the Act or this Agreement. The transferee shall be merely an Assignee. No Assignee shall have any voting rights, and each transferring Members voting rights, as well as obligations to make Additional Capital Contributions and return distributions as provided in this Agreement, shall remain unchanged as a result of a transfer to an Assignee. If the transferring Member ceases to be a Member, then in that event each remaining Members voting rights shall be adjusted in proportion to the sum of all of the remaining Sharing Ratios.
16.7 Admission of Substituted Members. Subject to the other provisions of this Paragraph 16, a transferee of an Interest may be admitted to the Company as a substituted Member only upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Paragraph 16.7, unless waived in writing by the appropriate party:
(a) The written consent of LJC, LLC, which consent may be given or withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of LJC, LLC;
(b) The Interest with respect to which the transferee is being admitted was acquired by means of a Permitted Transfer;
(c) The transferee of the Interest (other than, with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) below, a transferee that was a Member prior to the Transfer) shall, by written instrument in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to legal counsel to the Company (and, in the case of clause (iii) below, the transferor Member), (i) make representations and warranties to each nontransferring Member equivalent to those set forth in Paragraph 6.7, (ii) accept and adopt the terms and provisions of this Agreement, including this Paragraph 16, and (iii) assume the obligations of the transferor Member under this Agreement with respect to the transferred Interest. The transferor Member shall be released from all such assumed obligations except (x) those obligations or liabilities of the transferor Member arising out of a breach of this Agreement, (y) in the case of a Transfer to any Person other than a Member or any of its Affiliates, those obligations or liabilities of the transferor Member based on events occurring, arising or maturing prior to the date of Transfer, and (z) in the case of a Transfer to any of its Affiliates, any Capital Contribution or other financing obligation of the transferor Member under this Agreement;
37
(d) The transferee pays or reimburses the Company for all reasonable legal, filing, and publication costs that the Company incurs in connection with the admission of the transferee as a Member with respect to the Transferred Interest; and
(e) Except in the case of a Transfer involuntarily by operation of Law, if required by legal counsel to the Company, the transferee (other than a transferee that was a Member prior to the Transfer) shall deliver to the Company evidence of the authority of such Person to become a Member and to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the transferee and transferor shall each execute and deliver such other instruments as legal counsel to the Company reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to effect, and as a condition to, such Transfer.
16.8 Co-Sale Rights/Drag-Along Rights.
| 1. | 16.8.1 Notice of Proposed Sale. If any Member(s) holding sixty percent (60%) or more of all of the Interests (whether one or more Members, a (Selling Group)) receives a bona fide written offer (Purchase Offer) from a third party to purchase at least sixty percent (60%) of all of the Interests and the Selling Group makes a determination to sell its Interests in accordance with the Purchase Offer (an Approved Sale), then the Selling Group shall deliver written notice of such proposed sale to the other Members. |
| 2. | 16.8.2 Drag-Along Rights. The Selling Group may cause the other Members to participate in an Approved Sale by delivering a written notice of participation to the other Members in which case the other Members shall receive (in connection with the closing of the purchase) the same per Interest consideration as the Selling Group. Provided that the purchaser is willing to purchase all of the Interests held by the Members, the Members shall fully cooperate with the Selling Group in connection with such Approved Sale and shall take all actions reasonably requested by the Selling Group (including executing and delivering a purchase agreement, on terms similar to those by which the Selling Group will be bound, with the purchaser) in connection with such Approved Sale. |
| 3. | 16.8.3 Co-Sale Rights. If the Selling Group does not exercise its rights under Section 16.8.2, then at the option of the other Members (which option shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice to the Selling Group by such other Members electing to sell in the transaction requesting that the Selling Group include such Members in the sale to the purchaser), the Selling Group shall, in connection with an Approved Sale, use its reasonable efforts to cause the purchaser to purchase the Interests held by such Members on terms and conditions that are identical (proportionate to the interest of the other Members) to those applicable to the Selling Group. Provided that the purchaser is willing to purchase all of the Interests held by the Members, the Members shall fully cooperate with the Selling Group in connection with such sale and shall take |
38
| all actions reasonably requested by the Selling Group (including executing and delivering a purchase agreement, on terms similar to those by which the Selling Group will be bound, with the purchaser) in connection with such sale. In the event that the purchaser is unwilling to purchase all of the Interests held by the Members electing to sell in the transaction, the other Members electing to sell in the transaction shall be entitled to sell such percentage of Interests to be sold in the transaction as shall equal such Members relative ownership of all outstanding Interests in the Company, and the Percentage Interest to be sold by the Selling Group shall be reduce proportionately. |
16.9 Transfer to a Member. For the avoidance of doubt, any transfer of an Interest by a Member to a transferee who is already a Member shall, upon compliance with Paragraph 16.2, result in such transferee Member receiving the entire Interest transferred, including, but not limited to all voting rights, other rights to participate in management, if any, rights to information, and a corresponding adjustment to the Sharing Ratios, not just the Economic Interest of the transferor Member. The Interest transferred to the Member shall also be subject to all obligations associated with such transferred Interest.
17. Confidentiality. Each Equity Owner acknowledges that as an Equity Owner of the Company that such Equity Owner has and will be given access to certain proprietary or confidential information concerning the Company and its business, which such Equity Owner received in confidence as a fiduciary of the Company. Each Equity Owner therefore covenants and agrees to regard and preserve as confidential all such information that has been or may be obtained by such Equity Owner as an Equity Owner, Manager and/or officer of the Company. Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, each Equity Owner further covenants and agrees that such Equity Owner will not, during or any time after termination of Equity Owners Interest in the Company, without prior written authorization of the Company, disclose to, or make use of for such Equity Owner, or for any other Person, including Affiliates, any confidential information concerning the business, patients, methods, operations, financing or services of the Company.
18. Notices and Offers. Any notice, payment, demand, or communication required or permitted to be given by any provision of this Agreement shall be in writing and personally delivered, or sent by overnight courier or certified mail return receipt requested, or by telephone or facsimile, if such telephone conversation or facsimile is followed by a hard copy of the telephone conversation or facsimile communication sent by overnight courier or certified mail return receipt requested, charges prepaid and addressed to the address for notice purposes set forth in this Agreement, or to such other address as such Person may from time to time specify by notice to the Company and Members. Any such notice shall be deemed to be delivered, given, and received for all purposes as of the date so delivered. Any correctly addressed notice that is refused, unclaimed, or undeliverable because of an act or omission of the party to be notified shall be deemed effective as of the first date that said notice was refused, unclaimed, or deemed undeliverable by the postal authorities, messenger, or overnight delivery service.
39
| 19. | Competing Transactions and Other Restrictive Covenants. |
19.1 Other Businesses; Application of Corporate Opportunity Doctrine. Except as provided in Paragraph 19.2 below, any Member, Manager, Affiliate, and any shareholder, officer, director, trustee or employee thereof, or any person owning a legal or beneficial interest therein, may engage in or possess an interest in any business or venture of every nature and description, independently or with others, including, but not limited to, the ownership, financing, leasing, operation, management, brokerage and development of real property, provided such business or venture is not competitive with the business of the Company. Neither the Company nor any Member shall have an interest in such other ventures or activities or in the income or proceeds derived therefrom by virtue of this Agreement or the relationship created hereby.
19.2 Corporate Opportunity Doctrine Applicable. The Manager and each Equity Owner (and their Affiliates) may NOT engage, or acquire and retain an interest, in any other future business ventures, transactions, or other opportunities of any kind, nature, or description (independently or with others) wherever located, that are or could reasonably be within the scope of the Companys Business (each a Company Opportunity), until they have: (a) notified the Company and the Equity Owners of the material aspects of the Company Opportunity; and (b) offered (or otherwise make available to) the Company any interest in such Company Opportunity. If the Company does not elect to take advantage of any Corporate Opportunity within sixty (60) days of the notice, then the Manager or an Equity Owner (or any of their Affiliates) may take advantage of such Company Opportunity described in the preceding sentence, either alone or with other Persons (including Entities in which the Manager or that Equity Owner has an interest), and such action will not cause the Manager or that Equity Owner to become liable to the Company or to the Equity Owners for any lost opportunity of the Company.
19.3 Other Restrictive Covenants.
19.3.1 No Competition. For a period of six (6) months after an Equity Owner ceases to be an Equity Owner, such former Equity Owner shall not, in any county in which the Company is then actively producing titles to real properties with mineral interests engage in the Companys business as it then exists or otherwise compete with the Company in any of its business ventures, directly or indirectly and whether as a proprietor, partner, investor, Shareholder, director, officer, consultant, independent contractor, co-venturer, employer, employee, principal, agent, manager, representative or in any other capacity. The Corporations business is presently defined in Paragraph 3.1. The definition of the Corporations business may be amended from time to time reflect other disciplines.
19.3.2 No Solicitation. For a period of six (6) months after an Equity Owner ceases to be an Equity Owner, such former Equity Owner shall not directly or indirectly, solicit business from, divert business from, or perform services for or to, any customer of the Company, including any potential customer for which a bid has been or is expected to be submitted by the Corporation.
40
19.3.3 No Hire. For a period of six (6) months after an Equity Owner ceases to be an Equity Owner, such former Equity Owner shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit for employment or employ any employee of the Company, or any individual who was employed by the Company within the six-month period preceding purchase of such former Members Interest.
19.3.4 Proprietary Property.
(i) Definition of Proprietary Property. For purposes of this Agreement, Proprietary Property shall mean designs, ideas, discoveries, inventions, improvements, trade secrets, customer lists, techniques, methods, know-how, technical and non-technical data, works of authorship, computer programs, mathematical models, drawings, trademarks and the goodwill symbolized by the trademarks, copyrights, patents and all other matters that are legally protectable or recognized as forms of protected intellectual property, whether or not reduced to practice or to a writing.
(ii) Assignment of Proprietary Property to the Company. Each Member hereby agrees to Transfer and set over, and does hereby Transfer and set over, to the Company, without further compensation, all of his or her rights, title and interest in and to any and all Proprietary Property that he or she either solely or jointly with others, has conceived, made or suggested or may hereafter conceive, make or suggest, (i) resulting from tasks assigned to him or her by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) in the course of his employment or other relationship with the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. The assignment of Proprietary Property hereunder includes all rights of paternity, integrity, disclosure and withdrawal and any other rights that may be known as or referred to as moral rights and the like (Moral Rights). To the extent that such Moral Rights cannot be assigned under applicable Law and to the extent the following is allowed under applicable Law, each Member hereby waives such Moral Rights and consents to any action of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Third Party that would violate such Moral Rights in the absence of such consent. Each Member also will endeavor to facilitate such use of any such Moral Rights as the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall reasonably instruct, including confirming any such waivers and consents from time to time as requested by the Company.
(iii) Works for Hire. Each Member acknowledges that all original works of authorship or other creative works made by him or her (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of his or her employment by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to or following the effective date of this Agreement and that are protectable by copyright are works made for hire, pursuant to United States Copyright Act (17 U.S.C., Section 101). To the extent such original works of authorship or other creative works are not works made for hire, each Member hereby assigns all of the rights comprised in the copyright to the Company.
19.3.5 Acknowledgment. The Members acknowledge that the restrictive covenants contained in this Paragraph 19 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of the Members and the Company and constitute a material inducement to the Members to enter into this Agreement and any applicable employment agreement between the applicable Member and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and to consummate the transactions contemplated by such agreements and such provisions shall be interpreted and applied to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law.
41
| 20. | Termination and Dissolution of the Company. |
20.1 Dissolution. The Company shall be dissolved upon the occurrence of any of the following:
20.1.1 The determination by LJC, LLC to dissolve and liquidate the Company.
20.1.2 The sale of all or substantially all of the Companys assets, unless the Members unanimously Approve the continuation of the Company;
20.1.3 The entry of a decree of judicial dissolution; or
20.1.4 As otherwise required by the Act.
20.2 Winding Up, Liquidation and Distribution of Assets.
(a) Upon dissolution, an accounting shall be made by the Companys independent accountants of the accounts of the Company and of the Companys assets, liabilities and operations, from the date of the last previous accounting until the date of dissolution. The Manager shall immediately proceed to wind up the affairs of the Company.
(b) If the Company is dissolved and its affairs are to be wound up, the Manager shall:
(1) Sell or otherwise liquidate all of the Companys assets as promptly as practicable (except to the extent the Manager may determine to distribute any assets to the Members in kind),
(2) Discharge all liabilities of the Company, including liabilities to Members and Assignees who are creditors, to the extent otherwise permitted by Law, other than liabilities to Members and Assignees for distributions, and establish such reserves as may be reasonably necessary to provide for contingent liabilities of the Company (for purposes of determining the Capital Accounts of the Members and Assignees, the amount of such reserves shall be deemed to be an expense of the Company),
(3) Distribute the remaining assets in the following order:
(i) If any assets of the Company are to be distributed in kind, the net fair market value of such assets as of the date of dissolution shall be determined by independent appraisal or by agreement of the Members. Such assets shall be deemed to have been sold as of the date of dissolution for their fair market value, and the Capital Accounts of the Members and Assignees shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 10 of this Limited Liability Company Agreement to reflect such deemed sale.
42
(ii) The positive balance (if any) of each Equity Owners Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions and allocations for all periods) shall be distributed to the Equity Owners, either in cash or in kind, as determined by the Manager(s), with any assets distributed in kind being valued for this purpose at their fair market value as determined pursuant to Paragraph 20.2(b)(3)(i). Any such distributions to the Equity Owners in respect of their Capital Accounts shall be made in accordance with the time requirements set forth in Section l.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.
(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Limited Liability Company Agreement, upon a liquidation within the meaning of Section 1.704-l(b)(2)(ii)(g) of the Treasury Regulations, if any Equity Owner has a deficit Capital Account (after giving effect to all contributions, distributions, allocations and other Capital Account adjustments for all taxable years, including the year during which such liquidation occurs), such Equity Owner shall have no obligation to make any capital contribution, and the negative balance of such Equity Owners Capital Account shall not be considered a debt owed by such Equity Owner to the Company or to any other person for any purpose whatsoever.
(d) Upon completion of the winding up, liquidation and distribution of the assets, the Company shall be deemed terminated.
(e) The Manager shall comply with any applicable requirements of applicable Law pertaining to the winding up of the affairs of the Company and the final distribution of its assets.
20.3 Rules Regarding Dissociation.
20.3.1 The death, retirement, resignation, removal, withdrawal, expulsion, or the occurrence of any other event which terminates the continued membership of a Member in the Company shall constitute a Dissociation. A Dissociation shall not constitute a dissolution or result in the termination and winding up of the Company, but shall instead be subject to the provisions of this Paragraph.
20.3.2 If a Member who is an individual dies or a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges him to be incompetent to manage his person or his property, the Members executor, administrator, guardian, conservator, or other legal representative (Successor) may exercise all of the Members rights for the purpose of settling his estate or administering his property, provided, however, that for purposes of this Agreement, the Successor shall not be considered a Member and shall have no right to vote, approve or consent to any matter pursuant to such provisions and shall constitute an Assignee.
20.4 Payment of Purchase Price. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement (e.g. Paragraph 15.3), the purchase price of any Interest purchased pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid in cash, or by certified or cashiers check, at the closing specified in Paragraph 20.5, or, at the option of the Company or the purchasing Member or Members, as the case may be, as follows:
20.4.1 5% Down Payment . The total purchase price shall be paid as follows: five-percent (5%) of the purchase price shall be paid at closing with the remaining balance of the purchase price to be paid in eight (8) equal annual installments of principal and interest. This installment obligation will be evidenced by a promissory note containing the terms specified in Paragraph 20.4.2. The first installment payment will be due one (1) year after the closing date set forth in Paragraph 20.5.
43
20.4.2 Terms of the Installment Note. The installment note specified in Paragraph 20.4.1 shall be in the amount of the difference between the total purchase price and any down payment required to be made at the closing, if any. The note shall bear interest at 3% or at such greater minimum rate, established pursuant to Sections 483 and 1274 of the Internal Revenue Code, necessary to avoid any imputed interest or original issue discount being attributed to the Selling Member. The note shall provide that the maker shall have the privilege at any time to prepay without penalty all or any part of the balance due on the note with interest to the date of prepayment. Partial prepayments shall be applied to the last maturing installments in inverse order. The note shall be secured by a pledge of the Interest being purchased or other security acceptable to all parties.
20.5 Closing.
20.5.1 In General. The closing of the sale shall be held at the Companys principal place of business (or at such other place as the selling Member and the purchasing Member or the Company (the Purchaser) may in writing agree) no later than thirty (30) days after the purchase price is determined. If this date is a Saturday, Sunday, or Holiday, then the closing shall be held on the first business day thereafter. At the closing the Purchaser shall deliver to the selling Member or Members (the Seller) the cash amount of the purchase price by certified or bank cashiers check, payable to the order of the Seller together with the promissory note for the balance, if applicable.
The Seller shall deliver to the Purchaser:
| (i) | a duly executed assignment for all the Membership Interests that are to be purchased; |
| (ii) | a certificate, dated as of the closing date, containing a representation and warranty that on the closing date the Seller has transferred, or caused to be transferred, to the Purchaser good and marketable title to all the Membership Interests in question, free and clear of all claims, equities, liens, charges, and encumbrances; and |
| (iii) | such other documents as shall reasonably be requested by the Company. |
20.5.2 Power of Attorney. In connection with any purchase or sale of a Membership or Assignee Interest, each Member and Assignee irrevocably appoints the Company as his attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any and all documents in his name for the purpose of completing such a purchase or sale. This is a power coupled with an interest and shall not terminate upon the death or disability of a Member or Assignee.
44
20.6 No Personal Liability. Each Member shall look solely to the assets of the Company for all Distributions with respect to the Company and its Capital Contributions thereto and its share of Profits or Losses thereof, and shall have no recourse therefor (upon dissolution or otherwise) against each other. In addition, no Member shall be obligated to restore any negative Capital Account balance of the Member with respect to the Company.
20.7 Certificate of Cancellation. Upon the dissolution of the Company for any reason and the completion of the winding up of the Company, the Manager shall cause a certificate of cancellation of the Certificate of Formation to be filed in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.
20.8 No Action for Dissolution. The Equity Owners acknowledge that irreparable damage would be done to the goodwill and reputation of the Company if any Equity Owner should bring an action in court to dissolve the Company under circumstances where dissolution is not required by Paragraph 20.1. This Agreement has been drawn carefully to provide fair treatment of all parties and equitable payment in liquidation of the Interests of all Equity Owners. Accordingly, except where the Manager has failed to liquidate the Company as required by Paragraph 20.2 and except as specifically provided in Section 18-802 of the Act, each Equity Owner hereby waives and renounces its right to initiate legal action to seek dissolution or to seek the appointment of a receiver or trustee to liquidate the Company.
| 21. | Partnership Audit Rules. |
21.1 The Members acknowledge that Section 1101 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (the Bipartisan 2015 Act) repeals the existing partnership audit rules in Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code and replaces them with a new partnership audit and tax collection system that, subject to certain exceptions, will impose liability for federal income tax (as well as penalties, additions to tax and interest) attributable to an adjustment to the Companys income, gain, loss, deduction and credit (and any Members distributive share thereof) on the Company rather than its Members. All Section references in this Paragraph 21 are to the partnership audit provisions of Subchapter C of Chapter 63 of the Code as amended by the Bipartisan 2015 Act and in effect for any relevant Company taxable year (such provisions, together with applicable Treasury Regulations and other IRS guidance, are referred to herein as the New Audit Rules). As used below, the term reviewed year means the Companys taxable year to which the item being adjusted relates, and the term adjustment year means the Companys taxable year (i) in which a decision of a court becomes final in a petition for readjustment proceeding brought under Section 6234 of the Code, (ii) in which a request for administrative adjustment is made by the Company under Section 6227 of the Code, or (iii) in any other case, in which a notice of final partnership adjustment is mailed under Section 6231 of the Code.
21.2 Unless directed to do otherwise by LJC, LLC, the Company shall (i) if eligible, elect to have the New Audit Rules not apply to the Company and (ii) not elect to have the New Audit Rules apply to the Company before their general effective date under the Code.
45
21.3 The Company designates itself as the partnership representative (the Company Representative) under Section 6223 of the Code. The Manager with the Approval of LJC, LLC shall from time to time appoint the Designated Individual, as defined in the applicable Treasury Regulations, to act on the Company Representatives behalf. The initial Designated Individual is set forth on Exhibit 21.3. Subject to the provisions of this Paragraph 21, the Company Representative shall have all of the powers and authority of a partnership representative under the New Audit Rules and shall represent the Company. The Company Representative shall provide to the Members prompt notice of any communication to or from, or agreements with, any federal, state, or local tax authority regarding any Company tax return or other Company tax matter, including a summary of the provisions thereof.
21.4 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Company Representative is hereby authorized, only with the consent of the Members by a Super Majority Approval, and required if so instructed by the Members by a Super Majority Approval, to take the following actions or inactions at the Companys cost: (i) make any elections or decisions under the New Audit Rules, including without limitation, with respect to any IRS examination of the Company commenced under Section 6231(a) of the Code, (ii) conduct or make any decision to initiate any administrative or judicial proceedings involving the Company under the New Audit Rules, (iii) make a request for administrative adjustment with respect to the Company under Section 6227 of the Code, (iv) file a petition for readjustment under Section 6234 of the Code (including choice of judicial forum) with respect to an FPAA, (v) appeal an adverse judicial decision, (vi) make any decision regarding the compromise, settlement or dismissal of any such proceedings and (vii) any such other actions or inactions which are similar to or otherwise described in Paragraph 21 of this Agreement.
21.5 With respect to any audit of the Company, the Company Representative shall cause the Company to make a timely election under Section 6226(a)(l) of the Code (a Push-Out Election) with respect to any imputed underpayment for the reviewed year or years. After such Push-Out Election is made, the Company shall timely furnish to the IRS and each person that was a Member of the Company during the reviewed year to which such underpayment relates a statement (the Section 6226 Statement) of such Members share of any adjustment to income, gain, loss, deduction or credit for the reviewed year, as determined in the FPAA. To the extent the Members respective shares of such adjustments are not determined in the FPAA, the Manager shall determine such shares based on the allocations described in this Agreement for the reviewed year, which determination shall be made in the reasonable discretion of the Manager. Each Member receiving a Section 6226 Statement with respect to a reviewed year shall timely report and pay such Members tax liability imposed by the Code for the Members taxable year that includes the date on which the Section 6226 Statement was furnished to the Member, which tax liability shall include the adjustment amounts described in Section 6226(b)(2) of the Code, including interest determined in the manner and at the underpayment rate specified in Section 6226(c)(2) of the Code and any applicable penalties and additions to tax (which are determined at the Company level under Sections 6221(a) and 6226(c)(l) of the Code but imposed on the Members). Each such Company shall timely provide to the Company such evidence as the Manager shall reasonably require to establish the Members compliance with the requirements of Section 6226 of the Code.
46
21.6 If for any reason the Company is liable for any tax, imputed underpayment, interest or penalty as a result of any audit under the New Audit Rules (collectively, Partnership Audit Payments), then:
(i) Each person who was a Member during any portion of the reviewed year (including, without limitation, former Members) shall indemnify and pay the Company an amount equal to such Persons proportionate share of such liability, based on the amount each such Person should have borne (computed at the tax rate used to compute Companys liability) had the Companys tax return for such taxable year reflected the audit adjustment, and the expense for the Companys payment of such Partnership Audit Payments shall be specially allocated to such Persons (or their successors) in such proportions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such apportionment of liability shall also take into account the extent to which the Companys imputed underpayment was modified by adjustments under Section 6225(c) of the Code (to the extent approved by the IRS) and attributable to (A) a particular Members tax classification, tax rates, tax attributes, the character of tax items to which the adjustment relates, and similar factors, or (B) the Members filing of an amended return for the Members taxable year that includes the end of the Companys reviewed year and payment of required tax liability in a manner that complies with Section 6225(c)(2) of the Code. To the extent an imputed underpayment results from the reallocation of the distributive share of any Company tax item from one Member to another, the Member(s) whose shares of any item of income or gain are increased, or whose shares of any item of loss, deduction or credit are decreased, shall be treated as bearing the economic burden of such imputed underpayment.
(ii) The Manager shall, in consultation with the Accountants, determine a tentative apportionment of the Partnership Audit Payments among the Member and former Member and shall notify such Persons as soon as reasonably practicable of its determination and the facts and analysis supporting such determination. Each such Member or former Member shall have 30 days to object to such apportionment and propose an alternative basis of apportionment or adjustment thereto and the basis therefor. The Manager shall then determine a final apportionment in its reasonable discretion and shall, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter, deliver a Notice to all applicable Persons of such determination after which each such Person shall remit any amounts due to the Company within 15 days thereafter.
(iii) The Company, at the direction of the Manager, shall apply any distributions, fees or other amounts payable under this Agreement to any Member or any Affiliate of such Member to offset any payments due to the Company from such Member pursuant to this Paragraph 21.6.
21.7 The provisions of this Paragraph 21 shall survive the termination or dissolution of the Company or the termination of any Members interest in the Company and shall remain binding on the Members for as long of a period of time as is necessary to resolve with any taxing authorities any and all matters regarding the United States federal income tax matters of the Company, its Member or former Members.
21.8 The Members hereby Consent to any amendments to this Paragraph 21 that the Manager determines are reasonably necessary and appropriate to address additional guidance provided in Treasury Regulations or other IRS guidance relating to the New Audit Rules, or to take into account subsequently enacted amendments to the New Audit Rules.
47
| 22. | Miscellaneous. |
22.1 Dispute Resolution.
22.1.1 In the event of a dispute under or arising out of this Agreement, the parties hereto agree to participate in good faith in a mediation of the dispute before a mediator as a precondition to seeking other relief. In the event the parties are unable to agree on the selection of the mediator, a mediator selected by the Judicial Arbiter Group in Denver, Colorado, or its successor, shall serve as mediator. Unless otherwise mutually agreed, the mediation shall take place in the Denver, Colorado metropolitan area.
22.1.2 If a controversy or claim arises out of this Agreement that cannot be solved by mediation, or if a Member or Manager fails to act in good faith and in the best interest of the Company when considering a matter which requires a Members or the Managers consent under this Agreement, any Member may seek appropriate legal relief.
22.2 Specific Performance; Injunctive Relief. The Members acknowledge that the Company and the Members would. be damaged irreparably arid would have no adequate remedy of Law if any provision of this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its specific terms. Accordingly, the Company and each Member is entitled to injunctive relief to prevent or remedy breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof, without having to prove the inadequacy of any remedy that maybe available at Law or being required to post bond or other security.
22.3 Cumulative Remedies. Each right, power, and remedy that is provided herein (or which exists in Law) is in addition to every other right, power, or remedy that each party hereto may have.
22.4 Legal Fees and Expenses. In any controversy, claim or dispute between the parties hereto arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or the breach thereof, the party who prevails or substantially prevails shall be entitled to recover from the losing party, in addition to any other relief, reasonable expenses, attorneys fees and costs actually incurred.
22.5 Amendments.
22.5.1 Procedure. Any Manager or Member may propose amendments to this Agreement. Following such proposal, the Manager shall submit to the Members a verbatim statement of any proposed amendment, providing that counsel for the Company shall have approved of the same in writing as to form. The Manager shall seek the Approval of the Members on the proposed amendment or shall call a meeting to vote thereon and to transact any other business that it may deem appropriate. A proposed amendment shall be adopted and be effective as an amendment hereto if it receives Approval by Members holding a Majority Interest.
22.5.2 Limitations. Notwithstanding Paragraph 22.5.1 hereof,
48
(i) No amendment may be made to this Agreement that would disproportionately divest or diminish the rights of, or otherwise disproportionately disadvantage or unfairly discriminate against any Equity Owner with respect to that Equity Owners Interest in relation to other Interests having similar rights (Unfair Discrimination), or increase the liabilities or obligations of any Equity Owner to the Company or third parties, including, but not limited to any governmental agency, in a material manner, without the Approval of that amendment by each Equity Owner who would be so adversely affected by it. Amendments to this Agreement that, for example, result in (a) the issuance of new Interests (including a new class of interests or other equity interests) which may dilute an Equity Owners Interest in the Company, or (b) adverse tax consequences to one or more Equity Owners but not other Equity Owners (or results in disproportionately adverse tax consequences to one or more Equity Owners) due to their particular tax situation, are not to be deemed to Unfairly Discriminate against, or increase the liabilities or obligations of, the adversely affected Equity Owner(s).
(ii) This Agreement may be amended by the Manager, without the consent of any of the Members to: (A) add to the representations, duties, or obligations of the Manager, or surrender any right or power granted to the Manager in this Agreement, for the benefit of the Members; (B) cure any ambiguity, typographical error, incorrect reference or other scriveners error, to correct or supplement any provision hereof that may be inconsistent with any other provisions hereof, or to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement not inconsistent with the intent of this Agreement; (C) change any provision of this Agreement required to be so changed by the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission or other federal agency, or by a state Blue Sky commissioner or similar official, which change is deemed by such commissioner, agency, or official to be for the benefit or protection of the Members, and (D) any changes made necessary by the issuance of additional Interests that are not covered by this Agreement, provided that no amendment shall be adopted pursuant to this Paragraph 22.5.2(ii) unless the adoption thereof is for the benefit of, or not adverse to, the interests of the Members and does not violate Paragraph 22.5.2(i) hereof.
22.5.3 Agreement to Execute. Each Member agrees to promptly execute all properly adopted amendments to this Agreement and each other document relating thereto that the Manager deems appropriate for the Company to comply with the laws of the State of Delaware.
22.5.4 Actions Authorized Under This Agreement. Any action taken by the Manager or the Members that is otherwise authorized hereunder is not to be treated as an amendment to this Limited Liability Company Agreement requiring the Approval of the Members under this Paragraph 22.5.
22.6 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and all so executed shall constitute one Agreement, binding on all parties hereto, notwithstanding that all of the parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart.
22.7 Heirs, Successors and Assigns. The terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the respective Members.
49
22.8 Severability. In the event any sentence or paragraph of this Agreement is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void, such sentence or paragraph shall be deemed severed from the remainder of the Agreement and the balance of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
22.9 Headings. Paragraph titles or captions contained in this Agreement are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference. Such titles and captions in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement nor the intent of any provision hereof.
22.10 Construction. Whenever required by the context hereof, the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa; the masculine gender shall include the feminine and neuter genders, and vice versa; and the word person shall include a corporation, partnership, form or other form of association.
22.11 Application of Delaware Law. Notwithstanding the place where this Agreement may be executed by any of the parties hereto, the parties expressly agree that all the terms and provisions hereof shall be construed under the laws of the State of Delaware and the Act.
22.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements or conditions, express or implied, oral or written.
22.13 Interpretation of Agreement. Each party acknowledges that such party, either directly or through such partys representatives, has participated in the drafting of this Agreement, and any applicable rule of construction that ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party should not be applied in connection with the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.
22.14 Electronic Delivery. Executed copies of this Agreement may be delivered by telecopy, email or other electronic means and, upon receipt, will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regard less of whether originals are delivered thereafter.
[Signature page follows on next page]
50
[Signature page to Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC Operating Agreement]
Executed effective as of the date first set forth above.
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ Daniel Ferrari, by Charlene Ferrari, POA | |
| Manager | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 1983 Water Chase Dr | ||
| New Lenox, IL 60451 | ||
| /s/ Adam Josephson | ||
| Adam Josephson | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 1350 N. Grant St., Apt 404 | ||
| Denver, CO 80203 | ||
| /s/ Christie Masone | ||
| Christie Masone | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 7328 Arco Iris Lane | ||
| Castle pines, CO 80108 | ||
| /s/ Lindsey Wilson | ||
| Lindsey Wilson | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 5844 E. 122nd Pl. | ||
| Brighton, CO 80602 | ||
51
EXHIBIT A
TO THE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
| Name |
Initial Capital Contribution1 |
Initial Sharing Ratio |
||||||
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC |
$ | 1,100,000 | 2 | 64.0 | % | |||
| Adam Josephson |
$ | 0.00 | 9.0 | % | ||||
| Lindsey Wilson |
$ | 0.00 | 9.0 | % | ||||
| Christie Masone |
$ | 0.00 | 18.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 1,100,000 | 100 | % | |||||
| 1. | The amount of a Members Initial Capital Contribution will be the amount of their initial Capital Account under this Agreement. Those members contributing $0.00 initial capital will treated as having received a profits interests as that term is used in Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43. |
| 2. | Lion of Judah Capital, LLCs initial capital contribution consists of $100,000 of cash and the following intangible property valued at $1,000,000: |
Drilling Title Opinions, Division Order Title Opinions, Indexes, and Mineral Ownership Spreadsheet/ Reports that were producer prior to January 1, 2019. This data covers the states of North Dakota, Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado (referred to in this Agreement as LJC, LLCs Intangible Capital Contribution).
52
Exhibit 21.3
Designated Individual
53
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
Effective April 23, 2019
THE MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS DESCRIBED HEREIN HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THE DELAWARE SECURITIES ACT OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY OTHER STATE. SUCH MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED UNLESS REGISTERED UNDER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OR UNLESS THE TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM SUCH REGISTRATION. THE COMPANY MAY REQUIRE SUCH EVIDENCE AS THE COMPANY DEEMS APPROPRIATE TO CONFIRM THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER COMPLIES WITH SUCH REQUIREMENTS. THE COMPANY IS NOT OBLIGATED TO REGISTER ANY OF SUCH MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS OR TO MAINTAIN ANY INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY PUBLICLY AVAILABLE.
54
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
This First Amendment (this Amendment) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC is entered into effective as of April 23, 2019.
RECITALS
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and its Members, are currently governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, effective as of April 23, 2019 (the Oprating Agreement).
Paragraph 22.5 of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended with the Approval by the Members holding a Majority Interest; provided, however, no amendment may be made that would constitute Unfair Discrimination, as defined in Paragraph 22.5, against an Equity Owner, without such Equity Owner.
The Manager and the Members wish to amend the Operating Agreement to provide for the issuance of Economic Interests, Profits Interest and amend certain other provisions of the Operating Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements set forth herein the Members and the Manager hereby agree as follows:
1. Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.
2. Amend Paragraph 2. Paragraph 2 of the Operating Agreement is amended by inserting the following new definitions in the appropriate alphabetical order:
Award Agreement means that certain written agreement between the Company and a Person providing for the issuance of Interests in the Company subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in such agreement and the terms of this Agreement to the extent not inconsistent.
Profits Interest refers to Units issued pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to a Person in exchange for services rendered or to be rendered to or for the benefit of the Company in a member capacity or in anticipation of being a member that would not give such Person a share of the proceeds if the Companys assets were sold at fair market value and then the proceeds were distributed in complete liquidation of the Company all determined at the moment such Units are issued and as that term is used in Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43.
1
Unvested Profits Interest means any Profits Interest that have not yet become vested under the terms of the Award Agreement or other agreement pursuant to which such Interest was issued.
3. Amend Paragraph 5. Paragraph 5 of the Operating Agreement is amended by deleting the existing Paragraph 5 and adding the following new Paragraph 5 in its place:
5. Company Capital and Interests
5.1 Authorized Interests. The authorized Interests of the Company shall consist of such Membership Interests and Economic Interests as may be issued from time to time by the Company as designated by the Manager with such Approvals as may be required by this Agreement.
5.2 Interests.
5.2.1 In General. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an applicable Award Agreement, each holder of a Membership Interest shall be entitled to vote as provided in Paragraph 14.9 as to all matters that come before the Members for a vote, other than matters specifically subject to vote solely by holders of one or more other classes or series of Interests. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or an applicable Award Agreement the holders of the Equity Interests shall be entitled to distributions of Distributable Cash as provided in Paragraph 9.1 when, as and if declared by the Manager out of funds legally available therefore, and upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, any of the Companys net assets available for distribution shall be distributed as provided in Paragraph 20.2 in accordance with each Equity Owners respective rights.
5.2.2 Profits Interests. The Company may from time to time at the discretion of the Manager issue Profits Interests following the formation of the Company, either in the form of a Membership Interest or an Economic Interest, to management personnel, consultants and others in exchange for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company or its subsidiaries, subject to such voting rights vesting provisions, a repurchase option and such other terms as the Manager shall determine as set forth in the Award Agreement. No holder of a Profits Interest shall initially have a balance in its Capital Account with respect to any Profits Interest issued to such person. The Manager shall have discretion to determine the procedure to ensure such Profits Interests comply with tax requirements for Profits Interests, such as booking up capital accounts or using a benchmark value concept. The name of each Profits Interest Owner, the designation of that Equity Owner as either a Member or an Economic Interest Owner, the amount of the Capital Contribution made by that Profits Interest Owner, and the Percentage Interest owned by such Profits Interest Owner shall be set forth on Exhibit A, as amended from time to time. Any grantee of Profits Interests in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2.3 shall be admitted as a Member or Economic Interest Owner of the Company upon execution of such documents and agreements as the Manager may require.
2
5.2.3 Additional Classes of Interests Authorized. The Manager with such Approvals as may be required by this Agreement is authorized to cause the Company to issue additional Interests, in one or more classes or one or more series of such classes, which classes or series shall have, subject to the provisions of applicable Law, such rights, designations, preferences and limitations as may be fixed by the Manager and set forth in a certificate (Certificate of Designations) delivered to each of the Members. To the extent a class or series of Units are designated and such designation requires the filing of an amendment to the Certificate of Formation, the Manager shall herein be vested with the authority to amend the Certificate of Formation without further approval, consent or vote of any of the Members. Among other things, the Certificate of Designations shall address: (i) the Capital Contribution to be required by each such class or series; (ii) the allocation of Profits or Losses to each such class or series; (iii) the right of each such class or series to share in distributions; (iv) the rights of each such class or series upon dissolution and liquidation of the Company; (v) the price at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, each such class or series of Interests may be redeemed by the Company, if any such class or series is so redeemable; (vi) the rate at which, and the terms and conditions upon which, each such class or series may be converted into another class or series of Units; and (vii) the right of each such class or series to vote on, or take action with respect to, Company matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences, and privileges of such class or series, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, if any such class or series is granted such voting rights. Any Interests so issued may have equal, superior or inferior rights and preferences to any and all Interests then outstanding, and may be issued without the vote or consent of any Member. Any purchaser of new or additional Interests in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2.3 shall be admitted to the Company as a Member or Economic Interest Owner upon the execution of such subscription and other documents as the Manager may require and upon receipt of the purchasers Capital Contribution.
5.2.4 Changes to Exhibit A. If any of the information contained in Exhibit A changes, the Manager, without any further approval by the Members, shall promptly cause (A) Exhibit A to be amended and restated to reflect those changes and the date as of which those changes are to be effective and (B) a copy of the revised Exhibit A to be distributed to each Member and to be attached to this Agreement in substitution of the superseded schedule. The failure, however, of the Manager to take any of the foregoing actions will not prevent the effectiveness of, or otherwise affect the underlying adjustments that would be reflected on, the amended and restated Exhibit A.
5.2.5 Preemptive Rights. Members shall only have such preemptive rights to acquire additional or newly created Interests of the Company as is determined in the discretion of the Board.
5.2.6 Securities Act Considerations. Paragraph 5.2.2, together with any Award Agreements pursuant to which Profits Interests may be issued, and any related equity incentive plans which may be adopted by the Company, are intended to qualify as a compensatory benefit plan within the meaning of Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, and the issuance of any Profits Interests pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2 is intended to qualify for the exemption from
3
registration under the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the foregoing shall not restrict or limit the Companys ability to issue any Profits Interests pursuant to any other exemption from registration under the Securities Act available to the Company. The Manager may elect to subject the Profits Interests and any issuance thereof, and any applicable Award Agreements, to the terms and conditions of any other equity incentive plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, consistent with the terms of this Agreement.
5.3 Initial Capital Contributions. Each Equity Owner has made the Initial Capital Contribution described for that Equity Owner on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement at the time and on the terms specified thereon and shall have the initial Sharing Ratio as set forth for such Equity Owner on Exhibit A.
5.4 Additional Capital Contributions. No Equity Owner shall be obligated to contribute capital in excess of the Initial Capital Contributions (Additional Capital Contributions) without unanimous written Equity Owner Approval. Any such Additional Capital Contributions shall be made by the Equity Owners pro rata in the proportion that each Equity Owners Sharing Ratio bears to the sum of the Sharing Ratios of all Equity Owners, as the same may be adjusted from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, LJC, LLC may from time to time contribute, but shall not be obligated to do so, additional capital to the Company in such amounts as it determines is necessary or convenient for the Company. Such contributions shall not change the Sharing Ratios of the Equity Owners, shall constitute Additional Capital Contributions under this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of doubt Unreturned Capital. If the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC determines that the Company needs additional funds, but Additional Capital Contributions are not approved by the Equity Owners and not made by LJC, LLC, the Company may borrow such funds from any Equity Owner, Equity Owners, or other Persons, upon such terms and conditions as may be agreed to at that time. No such loan to the Company from a Equity Owner shall be deemed to constitute a Capital Contribution to the Company and shall not increase the Capital Account(s) of the Equity Owner(s) making the loan.
5.5 Loans by Members to Company. With the consent of LJC, LLC, any Equity Owner may loan money to, act as surety for, or transact other business with the Company and, subject to other applicable Law, shall have the same rights and obligations with respect thereto as a person who is not a Equity Owner, but no such transaction shall be deemed to constitute a Capital Contribution to the Company and shall not increase the Capital Account of any person engaging in any such transaction.
5.6 No Interest on Capital Accounts. No Equity Owner shall be entitled to receive interest on its Capital Account, and none shall be paid.
5.6 No Third-Party Rights. The right of the Company or the Equity Owners to require any Additional Capital Contributions under the terms of this Agreement shall not be construed as conferring any rights or benefits to or upon any person not a party to this Agreement or the holder of any obligations secured by a mortgage, deed of trust, security interest or other lien or encumbrance upon or affecting the Company, the Property or any interest of a Equity Owner therein or any part thereof.
4
4. Amend Paragraph 6.2.4. Paragraph 6.2.4 of the Operating Agreement is deleted and the following new Paragraph 6.2.4 is substituted in its place:
6.2.4 New Equity Owners. The Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC may revise the terms of any guaranteed payment being made to an Equity Owner and provide for guaranteed payments to be made to any new Equity Owner admitted to the Company on such terms as the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC shall determine in each case without the necessity of amending this Agreement.
5. Amend Paragraph 9. Paragraph 9 of the Operating Agreement is amended by adding the following new sub-paragraph 9.1.1 immediately after clause (c) of Paragraph 9.1:
9.1.1 Distributions to Unvested Profits Interests. For purposes of any distribution under this Paragraph 9.1 with respect to Unvested Profits Interests, unless otherwise determined by the Manager, such distribution shall not be made with respect to such Unvested Profits Interests, but shall instead be retained by the Company and a Reserve Amount established on the books and records of the Company with respect to such Unvested Profits Interests in an amount equal to the distribution retained by the Company in respect of such Unvested Profits Interests until such time as such Unvested Profits Interests subsequently becomes vested; provided that, such Reserve Amounts shall be treated as distributed for purposes of determining such holders rights to any subsequent distributions under this Paragraph 9. If such Unvested Profits Interests subsequently becomes vested, the Reserve Amounts attributable to such Profits Interests shall be distributed without interest to the holder of such Profits Interest, and if such Unvested Profits Interests is subsequently forfeited, the Reserve Amounts attributable to such Unvested Profits Interests shall be cancelled and no longer treated as distributable with respect to such Unvested Profits Interests.
6. Amend Paragraph 15.6. Paragraph 15.6 of the Operating Agreement is deleted and the following new Paragraph 15.6 is substituted in its place
15.6 Call Option on Death, Disability and Cessation of Services. Upon the (i) death of an Equity Owner, (ii) Incapacity of an Equity Owner, or (iii) in the case of an Equity Owner who is providing services to or for the benefit of the Company, such Equity Owner ceasing to provide services to or for the benefit of the Company on a permanent basis as determined in the discretion of the Manager, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, and whether initiated by the Equity Owner or the Company (each a Triggering Event and each such Equity Owner collectively referred to in this paragraph as a Changed Status Equity Owner) the Company shall have the option to buy all, but less than all, of the Interest in the Company owned by such Changed Status Equity Owner at the purchase price equal to such Changed Status Equity Owners Capital Account as of the date of the Call Notice (the Call Option). The Company may exercise this Call Option only by written notice given to the deceased Equity Owners legal representative or person legally entitled to such Equity Owners Interest in the absence of such a
5
legal representative, the Incapacitated Equity Owner, or the Equity Owner ceasing to provide services to the Company, as the case may be, (the Call Notice) within 180 days from the date the Company learns of the Equity Owners death or Incapacity or the Equity Owner ceasing to provide services, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, the Company may assign some or all of its option to purchase an Interest under this Paragraph to the remaining Equity Owners on a pro-rata basis or such other basis as the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC may determine or to a third party (the Option Assignees). If the Company or the Option Assignees exercises its option such purchasers shall purchase such Changed Status Equity Owners Interest in the Company as provided in Paragraphs 20.4 and 20.5. Allocations of Profits and Losses to the Interest subject to the Call Option shall cease as of the date of the Call Notice. If the Call Option is not exercised by the Company and the Option Assignees, as the case may be, the recipient of the deceased Equity Owners Interest shall continue as an Assignee unless admitted as a substituted Equity Owner as provided in this Agreement.
7. Ratification; Definitions. Except as amended and supplemented by this Amendment, the Operating Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning provided for them in the Operating Agreement.
8. Successors and Assigns. This Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, all Members and their respective successors and assigns.
9. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, waiver or termination of this Amendment or any provisions hereof shall be binding unless executed in writing by all parties. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Amendment shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
10. Electronic Delivery. Executed copies of this Amendment may be delivered by telecopy, email or other electronic means and, upon receipt, will be deemed originals and binding upon the parties hereto, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.
11. Representation by Fairfield and Woods, P.C. Fairfield and Woods, P.C. (F&W) has served as legal counsel solely to the Company and Lion of Judah, LLC in connection with this Amendment, and negotiating the terms hereof. F&W does not represent any of the other Equity Owners. Each Other Equity Owner has been advised by F & W that that a conflict exists among their respective interests. Each Other Equity Owner has been advised to seek independent legal and financial counsel with respect to execution of this Agreement and he has had the opportunity to do so. The statements made in this Paragraph may be relied upon by F&W, or its successors in interest.
6
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC to be effective as of the date first set forth above.
| Equity Owners | ||
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ Daniel Ferrari, by Charlene Ferrari, POA | |
| Manager 4/28/2020 | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 1983 Water Chase Dr. | ||
| New Lenox, IL 60451 | ||
| /s/ Adam Josephson | ||
| Adam Josephson 4/28/2020 | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 1350 N. Grant St., Apt 404 | ||
| Denver, CO 80203 | ||
| /s/ Christie Masone | ||
| Christie Masone 4/28/2020 | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: 7328 Arco Iris Lane | ||
| Castle pines, CO 80108 | ||
| /s/ Lindsey Wilson | ||
| Lindsey Wilson 4/28/2020 | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: 18327 Burin Avenue Redondo Beach, CA 90278 | ||
7
SECOND AMENDMENT TO
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT is entered into effective as of April 23, 2019, by Lindsey Wilson, as the Manager of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.
RECITALS
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and the Members are currently governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, effective as of April 23, 2019 (the Operating Agreement).
Paragraph 21.5.2 (ii) of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended by the Manager without the consent of any of the Members to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, typographical error, incorrect reference or other scriveners error, to correct or supplement any provision hereof that may be inconsistent with any other provisions hereof, or to make any other provision with respect to matters or questions arising under this Agreement not inconsistent with the intent of this Agreement.
The Companys legal counsel who drafted the Operating Agreement has advised the Manager that the term Priority Return used in Paragraphs 10.1 and 10.2 is incorrectly referred to as the Preferred Return in the definitions in Paragraph 2 of the Operating Agreement. The Manager desires to exercise the authority granted under Paragraph 21.5.2 (ii) to amend the Operating Agreement to correct this scriveners error.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements set forth herein the Manager hereby amends the Operating Agreement as follows:
1. Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.
2. Amend Paragraph 2. Paragraph 2 is amended by deleting the definition of Preferred Return therein and substituting the following new definition in its place:
Priority Return means with respect to LJC, LLC, a sum equal to (i) ten percent (10%) per annum, compounded to the extent not distributed in any calendar year, determined on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, for the actual number of days elapsed in the period for which LJC, LLCs Priority Return is being determined, of the average daily balance of such Members Unreturned Capital from time to time during the period to which the Priority Return relates, commencing on the date LJC, LLC makes its Initial Capital Contribution pursuant to Section 3.2, as determined from the books and records of the Company.
3. Ratification; Definitions. Except as amended and supplemented by this Second Amendment, the Operating Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning provided for them in the Operating Agreement.
4. Successors and Assigns. This Second Amendment shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, all Equity Owners and their respective successors and assigns.
5. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification, waiver or termination of this Second Amendment or any provisions hereof shall be binding unless executed in writing by the Manager or as otherwise provided by the Operating Agreement. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Second Amendment shall constitute a waiver of any other provision (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless otherwise expressly provided.
6. Delivery by Telecopy. Executed copies of this Agreement may be delivered by telecopy and, upon receipt, will be deemed originals and binding upon the Company and its Equity Owners, regardless of whether originals are delivered thereafter.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Manager has signed this Second Amendment effective as of the date first above written.
| By: | /s/ Lindsey Wilson | |
| Lindsey Wilson, Manager | ||
| 4/27/2020 |
2
THIRD AMENDMENT TO
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
This First Amendment (this Amendment) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC is entered into effective as of April 23, 2019.
RECITALS
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and its Members, are currently governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, effective as of April 23, 2019 (the Operating Agreement).
Paragraph 22.5 of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended with the Approval by the Members holding a Majority Interest; provided, however, no amendment may be made that would constitute Unfair Discrimination, as defined in Paragraph 22.5, against an Equity Owner, without such Equity Owner.
The Manager and the Members wish to amend the Operating Agreement to provide for the issuance of Economic Interests, Profits Interest and amend certain other provisions of the Operating Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements set forth herein the Members and the Manager hereby agree as follows:
1. Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.
2. Amend Exhibit A. Exhibit A defines the initial capital contributions to the Company. The Exhibit is amended to the following.
1
EXHIBIT A
TO THE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
| Name |
Initial Capital Contribution 1 |
Initial Sharing Ratio |
||||||
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC |
$ | 931,059 | 64.0 | % | ||||
| Adam Josephson |
$ | 0.00 | 9.0 | % | ||||
| Lindsey Wilson |
$ | 0.00 | 9.0 | % | ||||
| Christie Masone |
$ | 0.00 | 18.0 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 931,059 | 100 | % | |||||
| 1. | The amount of a Members Initial Capital Contribution will be the amount of their initial Capital Account under this Agreement. Those members contributing $0.00 initial capital will treated as having received a profits interests as that term is used in Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43. |
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC to be effective as of the date first set forth above.
| Equity Owners | ||
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ Daniel Ferrari | |
| Manager | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 1983 Water Chase Dr. | ||
| New Lenox, IL 60451 | ||
| /s/ Lindsey Wilson | ||
| Lindsey Wilson | ||
| Address for Notice Purposes: | ||
| 18327 Burin Avenue | ||
| Redondo Beach, CA 90278 | ||
3
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT
OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
This Fourth Amendment (this Amendment) to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC is entered into effective as of April 23, 2019.
RECITALS
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the Company), and its Members, are currently governed by the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC, effective as of April 23, 2019 (the Operating Agreement).
Paragraph 22.5 of the Operating Agreement provides that the Operating Agreement may be amended with the Approval by the Members holding a Majority Interest; provided, however, no amendment may be made that would constitute Unfair Discrimination, as defined in Paragraph 22.5, against an Equity Owner, without such Equity Owner.
The Manager and the Members wish to amend the Operating Agreement to provide for the issuance of Economic Interests, Profits Interest and amend certain other provisions of the Operating Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements set forth herein the Members and the Manager hereby agree as follows:
1. Recitals. The Recitals set forth above are incorporated herein by reference.
2. Amend Section 6.2. Member Services and Guaranteed Payments. Update current Members of the Company.
6.2.1 Lindsey Wilson. Wilson will hold the position of Chief Operating Officer and Manager, subject to the provisions of Paragraph 11. Her duties will include overseeing the daily operations of the Company. In consideration of the services to be performed by Wilson as set forth in this Agreement, commencing with the month the actual operation of the Company begins the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
1
6.2.2 Curtis Allen. Allen will hold the position of Chief Financial Officer. His duties will primarily consist of all accounting and finance functions. In consideration of the services to be performed by Allen as set forth in this Agreement, commencing February 1, 2020, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.3 Kristopher Woods. Woods will hold the position of Chief Technology Officer. His duties will primarily consist of identifying technological needs and management of all software solutions. In consideration of the services to be performed by Woods as set forth in this Agreement, commencing August 1, 2019, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.4 Sean Goodnight. Goodnight will hold the position of Chief Acquisitions Officer. His duties will primarily consist of soliciting acquisition opportunities through the Companys internal ownership data and calling minerals owners in the Companys areas of interest. In consideration of the services to be performed by Goodnight as set forth in this Agreement, commencing July 1, 2020, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.5 Justin Arn. Am will hold the position of Chief Land & Title Officer. His duties will primarily consist of overseeing the Land department and running title in the Companys areas of interest. In consideration of the services to be performed by Arn as set forth in this Agreement, commencing June 1, 2020, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.6 Adam Josephson. Josephson will hold the position of VP of Land & Title. His duties will primarily consist of running title in the Companys areas of interest. In consideration of the services to be performed by Josephson as set forth in this Agreement, commencing with the month the actual operation of the Company begins the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
2
6.2.7 Nick Young. Young will hold the position of VP of Land & Title. His duties will primarily consist of running title in the Companys areas of interest. In consideration of the services to be performed by Young as set forth in this Agreement, commencing June 1, 2020, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.8 Tom Kruk. Kruk will hold the position of VP of Mineral Acquisitions. His duties will primarily consist of soliciting acquisition opportunities through the Companys internal ownership data and calling minerals owners in the Companys areas of interest. In consideration of the services to be performed by Kruk as set forth in this Agreement, commencing August 1, 2019, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.9 Matthew Willer. Willer will hold the position of VP of Capital Markets. His duties will primarily consist of soliciting potential investors for capital raising projects. In consideration of the services to be performed by Willer as set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
6.2.10 David McDonald. McDonald will hold the position of GIS Analyst. His duties will primarily consist of providing GIS support. In consideration of the services to be performed by McDonald as set forth in this Agreement, commencing June 4, 2021, the Company shall pay monthly installment payments. These payments shall constitute guaranteed payments as defined in Section 707(c) of the Internal Revenue Code. These payments and amounts may be changed by the Manager with the consent of LJC, LLC.
3. Amend Exhibit A. Exhibit A defines the initial capital contributions to the Company. The Exhibit is amended to the following.
3
EXHIBIT A
TO THE
LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY AGREEMENT OF
PHOENIX CAPITAL GROUP HOLDINGS, LLC
| Name |
Capital Contribution 1 | Sharing Ratio | ||||||
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC |
$ | 2,112,071.86 | 62.90 | % | ||||
| Lindsey Wilson |
$ | 0.00 | 8.51 | % | ||||
| Curtis Allen |
$ | 0.00 | 8.51 | % | ||||
| Kris Woods |
$ | 0.00 | 2.00 | % | ||||
| Sean Goodnight |
$ | 0.00 | 2.00 | % | ||||
| Justin Arn |
$ | 0.00 | 2.30 | % | ||||
| Adam Josephson |
$ | 0.00 | 5.51 | % | ||||
| Nick Young |
$ | 0.00 | 3.50 | % | ||||
| Tom Kruk |
$ | 0.00 | 3.78 | % | ||||
| Dave McDonald |
$ | 0.00 | 1.00 | % | ||||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
| $ | 2,112,071.86 | 100.00 | % | |||||
| 1. | The amount of a Members Initial Capital Contribution will be the amount of their initial Capital Account under this Agreement. Those members contributing $0.00 initial capital will treated as having received a profits interests as that term is used in Revenue Procedure 93-27, as clarified by Revenue Procedure 2001-43. |
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amendment to the Limited Liability Company Agreement of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC to be effective as of the date first set forth above.
| Equity Owners | ||
| Lion of Judah Capital, LLC | ||
| /s/ Daniel Ferrari | ||
| BY: | Daniel Ferrari | |
| ITS: | Manager | |
| Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC | ||
| /s/ Lindsey Wilson | ||
| BY: | Lindsey Wilson | |
| ITS: | Manager | |
5
Exhibit (6)(k)
Amended and Restated
Broker-Dealer Agreement
This amended and restated agreement (together with exhibits and schedules, the Agreement) is entered into by and between Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I LLC (Client), a Delaware Limited Liability Company, Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC (Phoenix Capital), a Delaware Limited Liability Company, and Dalmore Group, LLC., a New York Limited Liability Company (Dalmore) (collectively, the Parties) effective as of June 5, 2023.
WHEREAS, Dalmore is a registered broker-dealer providing services in the equity and debt securities market, including offerings conducted via exemptions from registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC);
WHEREAS, Client is offering securities directly to the public in an offering exempt from registration under Regulation A (the Offering);
WHEREAS, Client recognizes the benefit of having Dalmore as a broker dealer of record and service provider for investors who participate in the Offering (collectively, the Investors) and entered into a Broker-Dealer Agreement, effective as of March 15, 2023, as amended (the Original BD Agreement) with respect to the same;
WHEREAS, Client is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Phoenix Capital; and
WHEREAS, Client and Dalmore wish to amend and restate the Original BD Agreement in its entirety to add Phoenix Capital as a party and to make such other changes as they, along with Phoenix Capital, have deemed necessary or desirable.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Appointment, Term, and Termination.
| a. | Services. Client hereby engages Dalmore to perform the services listed on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, in connection with the Offering (the Services). Unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties, the services to be performed by Dalmore are limited to those Services. |
| b. | Term. The Agreement will commence on the Effective Date and will remain in effect for a period of twelve (12) months and will renew automatically for successive renewal terms of twelve (12) months each unless any party provides notice to the other parties of non-renewal at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the current term. If Client or Phoenix Capital defaults in performing the obligations under this Agreement, the Agreement may be terminated (i) upon thirty (30) days written notice if Client or Phoenix Capital fails to perform or observe any material term, covenant or condition to be performed or observed by it under this Agreement |
1
| and such failure continues to be unremedied, (ii) upon written notice, if any material representation or warranty made by Client proves to be incorrect at any time in any material respect, or (iii) upon thirty (30) days written notice if Client or Phoenix Capital on the one hand, or Dalmore on the other, commences a voluntary proceeding seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief, or is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or has entered against it a final and unappealable order for relief, under any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law, or either Client or Phoenix Capital on the one hand, or Dalmore on the other, executes and delivers a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors. |
2. Compensation. As compensation for the Services, Phoenix Capital shall pay to Dalmore the following fees:
| a. | a fee of up to (6.0%) on the aggregate amount raised by the Client (the Offering Fee). The Offering Fee shall only be payable after the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) department of Corporate Finance issues a no objection letter (the No Objection Letter) for the Offering. |
| b. | a one-time expense fee of five thousand ($5,000) for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Dalmore (the Expense Fee). The Expense Fee is due and payable upon execution of this Agreement. The Expense Fee shall cover expenses anticipated to be incurred by the firm such as FINRA filings and any other expenses incurred by Dalmore in connection with the Offering. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Dalmore will refund to the Phoenix Capital any portion of the Expense Fee that remains unused. |
| c. | A one-time consulting fee of twenty thousand ($20,000) (the Consulting Fee) which is due and payable within five (5) days of receipt of the No Objection Letter. |
3. Regulatory Compliance
| a. | Client and all its third-party providers shall at all times (i) maintain all required registrations and licenses, including foreign qualification, if necessary; and (iii) pay all related fees and expenses (including all fees associated with FINRA filings), in each case that are necessary or appropriate to perform their respective obligations under this Agreement. |
FINRA Corporate Filing Fee for this $75,000,000, best efforts offering will be $11,750 and will be a pass-through fee payable to Dalmore, from Phoenix Capital, who will then forward it to FINRA as payment for the filing. This fee is due and payable prior to any submission by Dalmore to FINRA.
| b. | Client and Dalmore agree to promptly notify the other concerning any material communications from or with any Governmental Authority or Self Regulatory Organization with respect to this Agreement or the performance of its obligations unless such notification is expressly prohibited by the applicable Governmental Authority. |
2
4. Role of Dalmore. Client acknowledges and agrees that Dalmores sole responsibilities in connection with an Offering are set forth on Exhibit A, and that Dalmore is strictly acting in an administrative and compliance capacity as the broker dealer of record, and is not being engaged by the Client to act as an underwriter or placement agent in connection with the Offering. Dalmore will use commercially reasonable efforts to perform the Services. Dalmore (i) makes no representations with respect to the quality of any investment opportunity; (ii) does not guarantee the performance of any Investor; (iii) is not soliciting or approaching investors in connection with the Offering, (iv) is not an investment adviser, does not provide investment advice and does not recommend securities transactions, (v) in performing the Services is not making any recommendation as to the appropriateness, suitability, legality, validity or profitability of the Offering, and (vi) does not take any responsibility for any documentation created and used in connection with the Offering.
5. Indemnification. Client shall indemnify and hold Dalmore, its affiliates and their representatives and agents harmless from, any and all actual or direct losses, liabilities, judgments, arbitration awards, settlements, damages and costs (collectively, Losses), resulting from or arising out of any third party suits, actions, claims, demands or similar proceedings (collectively, Proceedings) to the extent they are based upon (i) a breach of this Agreement by Client, (ii) the wrongful acts or omissions of Client, or (iii) negligent or intentional misrepresentation or omission of material information associated with the Offering, provided such Proceedings are not brought as a result of (i) a breach of this Agreement by Dalmore, (ii) the wrongful or negligent acts or omission of Dalmore
Dalmore shall indemnify and hold Client, its affiliates (including Phoenix Capital) and their representatives and agents harmless from, any and all Losses, resulting from or arising out of any Proceedings to the extent they are based upon (i) a breach of this Agreement by Dalmore, (ii) the wrongful or negligent acts or omission of Dalmore.
6. Confidentiality. For purposes of this Agreement, the term Confidential Information means all confidential and proprietary information of a party, including but not limited to (i) financial information, (ii) business and marketing plans, (iii) the names of employees and owners, (iv) the names and other personally-identifiable information of users of the third-party provided online fundraising platform, (v) security codes, and (vi) all documentation provided by Client or Investor, but shall not include (i) information already known or independently developed by the recipient without the use of any confidential and proprietary information, or (ii) information known to the public through no wrongful act of the recipient. During the term of this Agreement and at all times thereafter, the parties shall not disclose Confidential Information of the other parties or use such Confidential Information for any purpose without the prior written consent of such other party. Without limiting the preceding sentence, each party shall use at least the same degree of care in safeguarding the other partys Confidential Information as it uses to safeguard its own Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a party may disclose Confidential Information (i) if required to do by order of a court of competent jurisdiction, provided that such
3
party shall notify the other party in writing promptly upon receipt of knowledge of such order so that such other party may attempt to prevent such disclosure or seek a protective order; or (ii) to any applicable governmental authority as required by applicable law. Nothing contained herein shall be construed to prohibit the SEC, FINRA, or other government official or entities from obtaining, reviewing, and auditing any information, records, or data. Client acknowledges that regulatory record-keeping requirements, as well as securities industry best practices, require Dalmore to maintain copies of practically all data, including communications and materials, regardless of any termination of this Agreement. This Section 6 shall not apply to the disclosure of Confidential Information between Client and Phoenix Capital.
7. Notices. Any notices required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be addressed, and delivered or mailed postage prepaid, or faxed or emailed to the other parties hereto at such addresses as such other parties may designate from time to time for the receipt of such notices. Until further notice, the address of each party to this Agreement for this purpose shall be the following:
If to the Client or Phoenix Capital:
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC
18575 Jamboree Road, Suite 830
Irvine, CA 92612
Attn: Lindsey Wilson Manager
Tel: 303-376-9778
Email: LW@phxcapitalgroup.com
If to Dalmore:
Dalmore Group, LLC
530 7th Avenue, Suite 902
New York, NY 10018
Attn: Etan Butler, Chairman
Tel: 917-319-3000
Email: etan@dalmorefg.com
8. Miscellaneous.
a. ANY DISPUTE OR CONTROVERSY BETWEEN THE CLIENT AND PROVIDER RELATING TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SETTLED BY ARBITRATION BEFORE AND UNDER THE RULES OF THE ARBITRATION COMMITIEE OF FINRA.
b. This Agreement is non-exclusive and shall not be construed to prevent either party from engaging in any other business activities.
4
c. This Agreement will be binding upon all successors, assigns or transferees of Client. No assignment of this Agreement by either party will be valid unless the other party consents to such an assignment in writing. Either party may freely assign this Agreement to any person or entity that acquires all or substantially all of its business or assets. Any assignment by the parties to any subsidiary that it may create or to a company affiliated with or controlled directly or indirectly by it will be deemed valid and enforceable in the absence of any consent from the other party.
d. The Client will not, without prior written approval of Dalmore, reference such other party in any advertisement, website, newspaper, publication, periodical or any other communication, and shall keep the contents of this Agreement confidential in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
e. THE CONSTRUCTION AND EFFECT OF EVERY PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY QUESTIONS ARISING OUT OF THE AGREEMENT, WILL BE SUBJECT TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAW PRINCIPLES TO THE EXTENT SUCH APPLICATION WOULD CAUSE THE LAWS OF A DIFFERENT STATE TO APPLY. The language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties to express their mutual intent, and no rule of strict construction will be applied against any party.
f. If any provision or condition of this Agreement is held to be invalid or unenforceable by any court, or regulatory or self-regulatory agency or body, the validity of the remaining provisions and conditions will not be affected and this Agreement will be carried out as if any such invalid or unenforceable provision or condition were not included in the Agreement.
g. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement relating to the subject matter herein, including without limitation the Original BD Agreement. The Agreement may not be modified or amended except by written agreement.
h. This Agreement may be executed in multiple counterparts and by facsimile or electronic means, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.
| CLIENT: Phoenix Capital Group Holdings I, LLC | ||
| By | /s/ Lindsey Wilson | |
| Name: | Lindsey Wilson | |
| Its: | Managers Manager | |
| PHOENIX CAPITAL: Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC | ||
| By | /s/ Lindsey Wilson | |
| Name: | Lindsey Wilson | |
| Its: | Manager | |
| Dalmore Group, LLC | ||
| By | /s/ Etan Butler | |
| Name: | Etan Butler | |
| Its: | Chairman | |
6
Exhibit A
Services:
| i. | Review Investor information, including KYC (Know Your Customer) data, AML (Anti-Money Laundering), OFAC compliance background checks (it being understood that KYC and AML processes may be provided by a qualified third party); |
| ii. | Review each Investors subscription agreement to confirm such Investors participation in the Offering, and provide confirmation of completion of such subscription documents to Client; |
| iii. | Contact and/or notify the issuer, if needed, to gather additional information or clarification on an Investor; |
| iv. | Keep Investor information and data confidential and not disclose to any third-party except as required by regulatory agencies or in our performance under this Agreement (e.g. as needed for AML and background checks); |
| v. | Coordinate with third party providers to ensure adequate review and compliance; |
| vi. | Provide, or coordinate the provision by a third party, of an invest now payment processing mechanism, including connection to a qualified escrow agent; |
| vii. | Training and oversight of licensed sales personnel associated with the Offering. |
7
Exhibit 12
September 6, 2023
Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC
5601 S Broadway
Suite 240
Littleton, CO 80121
RE: Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC Bonds
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to you in connection with the preparation and filing by you of an Offering Statement on Form 1-A (as amended, the Offering Statement) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act) and Regulation A promulgated thereunder, with respect to the qualification of $22,579,000 of 9.0% unsecured bonds (the Bonds) of Phoenix Capital Group Holdings, LLC (the Company) (CIK: 0001818643).
This opinion letter is being delivered in accordance with the requirements of Item 17 of Form 1-A under the Securities Act.
In rendering the opinions expressed below, we have acted as counsel for the Company and have examined and relied upon originals, or copies certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of (i) the Offering Statement, (ii) the form of Indenture between the Company, as obligor and UMB Bank, N.A., as trustee (the Trustee) filed as Exhibit 3(a) to the Offering Statement, that certain Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 3(c) to the Offering Statement, the Second Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 3(d) to the Offering Statement and the Third Supplemental Indenture filed as Exhibit 3(e) to the Offering Statement (collectively, the Indenture), (iii) the form of Bond filed as Exhibit 3(b) to the Offering Statement, (iv) the preliminary offering circular contained within the Offering Statement, (v) the relevant Company filings with the Delaware Secretary of State, (vi) the Company Opinion Certificate and (vii) the operating agreement and such other documents and records of the Company, certificates of public officials and representatives of the Company, resolutions and forms of resolutions and other documents and have examined such questions of law and have satisfied ourselves to such matters of fact, as we have deemed necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinions set forth herein. We have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the genuineness of all signatures, and the legal capacity of all natural persons. We have also assumed the conformity with the original documents of any copies thereof submitted to us for our examination and the authenticity of the originals of such documents.
Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Bonds are duly and validly authorized for issuance and, upon the due execution, authentication and issuance of the Bonds as contemplated by the form of Indenture, the Offering Statement and the offering circular contained therein, and upon payment and delivery of the Bonds as contemplated by the Offering Statement, the Bonds will be: (i) validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable; and (ii) valid and binding obligations of the Company.
The foregoing opinions are subject to: (i) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights and remedies of creditors; (ii) general principles of equity (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and (iii) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of, or contribution to, a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy. We express no opinion concerning the enforceability of any waiver of rights or defenses with respect to stay, extension
or usury laws, and we express no opinion with respect to whether acceleration of the Bonds may affect the collectability of any portion of the stated principal amount thereof which might be determined to constitute unearned interest thereon.
We assume for purposes of this opinion that the Company will remain duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under Delaware law.
To the extent that the obligations of the Company under an Indenture may be dependent thereon, we assume for purposes of this opinion that the Trustee is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; that the Trustee is duly qualified to engage in the activities contemplated by the Indenture; that, when executed, the Indenture will have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Trustee and will constitute a legally valid, binding and enforceable obligation of the Trustee, enforceable against the Trustee in accordance with its terms; that the Trustee is in compliance, generally and with respect to acting as Trustee under the Indenture, with all applicable laws and regulations; and that the Trustee will have the requisite organizational and legal power and authority to perform its obligations under the Indenture.
We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Offering Statement and to the reference to our name under the heading LEGAL MATTERS in the Offering Statement.
Very truly yours,
KVCF, PLC
/s/ KVCF, PLC